tc-arc.c revision 1.1.1.11 1 1.1 skrll /* tc-arc.c -- Assembler for the ARC
2 1.1.1.11 christos Copyright (C) 1994-2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 1.1.1.3 christos
4 1.1.1.3 christos Contributor: Claudiu Zissulescu <claziss (at) synopsys.com>
5 1.1 skrll
6 1.1 skrll This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
7 1.1 skrll
8 1.1 skrll GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 1.1 skrll it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 1.1 skrll the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
11 1.1 skrll any later version.
12 1.1 skrll
13 1.1 skrll GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 1.1 skrll but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 1.1 skrll MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 1.1 skrll GNU General Public License for more details.
17 1.1 skrll
18 1.1 skrll You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 1.1 skrll along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
20 1.1 skrll Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
21 1.1 skrll 02110-1301, USA. */
22 1.1 skrll
23 1.1 skrll #include "as.h"
24 1.1.1.3 christos #include "subsegs.h"
25 1.1.1.3 christos #include "dwarf2dbg.h"
26 1.1.1.5 christos #include "dw2gencfi.h"
27 1.1 skrll #include "safe-ctype.h"
28 1.1.1.3 christos
29 1.1 skrll #include "opcode/arc.h"
30 1.1.1.6 christos #include "opcode/arc-attrs.h"
31 1.1 skrll #include "elf/arc.h"
32 1.1.1.5 christos #include "../opcodes/arc-ext.h"
33 1.1 skrll
34 1.1.1.3 christos /* Defines section. */
35 1.1 skrll
36 1.1.1.3 christos #define MAX_INSN_FIXUPS 2
37 1.1.1.3 christos #define MAX_CONSTR_STR 20
38 1.1.1.5 christos #define FRAG_MAX_GROWTH 8
39 1.1.1.3 christos
40 1.1.1.3 christos #ifdef DEBUG
41 1.1.1.3 christos # define pr_debug(fmt, args...) fprintf (stderr, fmt, ##args)
42 1.1.1.3 christos #else
43 1.1.1.3 christos # define pr_debug(fmt, args...)
44 1.1.1.3 christos #endif
45 1.1.1.3 christos
46 1.1.1.3 christos #define MAJOR_OPCODE(x) (((x) & 0xF8000000) >> 27)
47 1.1.1.3 christos #define SUB_OPCODE(x) (((x) & 0x003F0000) >> 16)
48 1.1.1.6 christos #define LP_INSN(x) ((MAJOR_OPCODE (x) == 0x4) \
49 1.1.1.6 christos && (SUB_OPCODE (x) == 0x28))
50 1.1.1.3 christos
51 1.1.1.5 christos #ifndef TARGET_WITH_CPU
52 1.1.1.9 christos #define TARGET_WITH_CPU "hs38_linux"
53 1.1.1.5 christos #endif /* TARGET_WITH_CPU */
54 1.1.1.5 christos
55 1.1.1.6 christos #define ARC_GET_FLAG(s) (*symbol_get_tc (s))
56 1.1.1.6 christos #define ARC_SET_FLAG(s,v) (*symbol_get_tc (s) |= (v))
57 1.1.1.6 christos #define streq(a, b) (strcmp (a, b) == 0)
58 1.1.1.6 christos
59 1.1.1.5 christos /* Enum used to enumerate the relaxable ins operands. */
60 1.1.1.5 christos enum rlx_operand_type
61 1.1.1.5 christos {
62 1.1.1.5 christos EMPTY = 0,
63 1.1.1.5 christos REGISTER,
64 1.1.1.5 christos REGISTER_S, /* Register for short instruction(s). */
65 1.1.1.5 christos REGISTER_NO_GP, /* Is a register but not gp register specifically. */
66 1.1.1.5 christos REGISTER_DUP, /* Duplication of previous operand of type register. */
67 1.1.1.5 christos IMMEDIATE,
68 1.1.1.5 christos BRACKET
69 1.1.1.5 christos };
70 1.1.1.5 christos
71 1.1.1.5 christos enum arc_rlx_types
72 1.1.1.5 christos {
73 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_NONE = 0,
74 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_BL_S,
75 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_BL,
76 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_B_S,
77 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_B,
78 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_ADD_U3,
79 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_ADD_U6,
80 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_ADD_LIMM,
81 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_LD_U7,
82 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_LD_S9,
83 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_LD_LIMM,
84 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_MOV_U8,
85 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_MOV_S12,
86 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_MOV_LIMM,
87 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_SUB_U3,
88 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_SUB_U6,
89 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_SUB_LIMM,
90 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_MPY_U6,
91 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_MPY_LIMM,
92 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_MOV_RU6,
93 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_MOV_RLIMM,
94 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_ADD_RRU6,
95 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_ADD_RRLIMM,
96 1.1.1.5 christos };
97 1.1.1.5 christos
98 1.1.1.3 christos /* Macros section. */
99 1.1.1.3 christos
100 1.1.1.3 christos #define regno(x) ((x) & 0x3F)
101 1.1.1.3 christos #define is_ir_num(x) (((x) & ~0x3F) == 0)
102 1.1.1.5 christos #define is_code_density_p(sc) (((sc) == CD1 || (sc) == CD2))
103 1.1.1.5 christos #define is_spfp_p(op) (((sc) == SPX))
104 1.1.1.5 christos #define is_dpfp_p(op) (((sc) == DPX))
105 1.1.1.5 christos #define is_fpuda_p(op) (((sc) == DPA))
106 1.1.1.6 christos #define is_br_jmp_insn_p(op) (((op)->insn_class == BRANCH \
107 1.1.1.6 christos || (op)->insn_class == JUMP \
108 1.1.1.6 christos || (op)->insn_class == BRCC \
109 1.1.1.6 christos || (op)->insn_class == BBIT0 \
110 1.1.1.6 christos || (op)->insn_class == BBIT1 \
111 1.1.1.6 christos || (op)->insn_class == BI \
112 1.1.1.10 christos || (op)->insn_class == DBNZ \
113 1.1.1.6 christos || (op)->insn_class == EI \
114 1.1.1.6 christos || (op)->insn_class == ENTER \
115 1.1.1.6 christos || (op)->insn_class == JLI \
116 1.1.1.6 christos || (op)->insn_class == LOOP \
117 1.1.1.6 christos || (op)->insn_class == LEAVE \
118 1.1.1.6 christos ))
119 1.1.1.5 christos #define is_kernel_insn_p(op) (((op)->insn_class == KERNEL))
120 1.1.1.5 christos #define is_nps400_p(op) (((sc) == NPS400))
121 1.1 skrll
122 1.1.1.3 christos /* Generic assembler global variables which must be defined by all
123 1.1.1.3 christos targets. */
124 1.1 skrll
125 1.1.1.3 christos /* Characters which always start a comment. */
126 1.1 skrll const char comment_chars[] = "#;";
127 1.1 skrll
128 1.1.1.3 christos /* Characters which start a comment at the beginning of a line. */
129 1.1 skrll const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
130 1.1 skrll
131 1.1.1.3 christos /* Characters which may be used to separate multiple commands on a
132 1.1.1.3 christos single line. */
133 1.1.1.3 christos const char line_separator_chars[] = "`";
134 1.1 skrll
135 1.1.1.3 christos /* Characters which are used to indicate an exponent in a floating
136 1.1.1.3 christos point number. */
137 1.1 skrll const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
138 1.1 skrll
139 1.1 skrll /* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant
140 1.1 skrll As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12. */
141 1.1 skrll const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdD";
142 1.1 skrll
143 1.1 skrll /* Byte order. */
144 1.1 skrll extern int target_big_endian;
145 1.1 skrll const char *arc_target_format = DEFAULT_TARGET_FORMAT;
146 1.1 skrll static int byte_order = DEFAULT_BYTE_ORDER;
147 1.1 skrll
148 1.1.1.5 christos /* Arc extension section. */
149 1.1.1.5 christos static segT arcext_section;
150 1.1.1.5 christos
151 1.1.1.5 christos /* By default relaxation is disabled. */
152 1.1.1.5 christos static int relaxation_state = 0;
153 1.1.1.5 christos
154 1.1.1.3 christos extern int arc_get_mach (char *);
155 1.1 skrll
156 1.1.1.5 christos /* Forward declarations. */
157 1.1.1.3 christos static void arc_lcomm (int);
158 1.1.1.3 christos static void arc_option (int);
159 1.1.1.3 christos static void arc_extra_reloc (int);
160 1.1.1.5 christos static void arc_extinsn (int);
161 1.1.1.5 christos static void arc_extcorereg (int);
162 1.1.1.6 christos static void arc_attribute (int);
163 1.1 skrll
164 1.1.1.3 christos const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
165 1.1.1.3 christos {
166 1.1.1.3 christos /* Make sure that .word is 32 bits. */
167 1.1.1.3 christos { "word", cons, 4 },
168 1.1 skrll
169 1.1.1.3 christos { "align", s_align_bytes, 0 }, /* Defaulting is invalid (0). */
170 1.1.1.3 christos { "lcomm", arc_lcomm, 0 },
171 1.1.1.3 christos { "lcommon", arc_lcomm, 0 },
172 1.1.1.3 christos { "cpu", arc_option, 0 },
173 1.1.1.3 christos
174 1.1.1.6 christos { "arc_attribute", arc_attribute, 0 },
175 1.1.1.5 christos { "extinstruction", arc_extinsn, 0 },
176 1.1.1.5 christos { "extcoreregister", arc_extcorereg, EXT_CORE_REGISTER },
177 1.1.1.5 christos { "extauxregister", arc_extcorereg, EXT_AUX_REGISTER },
178 1.1.1.5 christos { "extcondcode", arc_extcorereg, EXT_COND_CODE },
179 1.1.1.5 christos
180 1.1.1.3 christos { "tls_gd_ld", arc_extra_reloc, BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_GD_LD },
181 1.1.1.3 christos { "tls_gd_call", arc_extra_reloc, BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_GD_CALL },
182 1.1.1.3 christos
183 1.1.1.3 christos { NULL, NULL, 0 }
184 1.1.1.3 christos };
185 1.1 skrll
186 1.1.1.10 christos const char md_shortopts[] = "";
187 1.1 skrll
188 1.1 skrll enum options
189 1.1 skrll {
190 1.1 skrll OPTION_EB = OPTION_MD_BASE,
191 1.1 skrll OPTION_EL,
192 1.1.1.3 christos
193 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_ARC600,
194 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_ARC601,
195 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_ARC700,
196 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_ARCEM,
197 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_ARCHS,
198 1.1.1.3 christos
199 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_MCPU,
200 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_CD,
201 1.1.1.5 christos OPTION_RELAX,
202 1.1.1.5 christos OPTION_NPS400,
203 1.1.1.5 christos
204 1.1.1.5 christos OPTION_SPFP,
205 1.1.1.5 christos OPTION_DPFP,
206 1.1.1.5 christos OPTION_FPUDA,
207 1.1.1.3 christos
208 1.1.1.3 christos /* The following options are deprecated and provided here only for
209 1.1.1.3 christos compatibility reasons. */
210 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_USER_MODE,
211 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_LD_EXT_MASK,
212 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_SWAP,
213 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_NORM,
214 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_BARREL_SHIFT,
215 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_MIN_MAX,
216 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_NO_MPY,
217 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_EA,
218 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_MUL64,
219 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_SIMD,
220 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_XMAC_D16,
221 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_XMAC_24,
222 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_DSP_PACKA,
223 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_CRC,
224 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_DVBF,
225 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_TELEPHONY,
226 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_XYMEMORY,
227 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_LOCK,
228 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_SWAPE,
229 1.1.1.5 christos OPTION_RTSC
230 1.1 skrll };
231 1.1 skrll
232 1.1.1.10 christos const struct option md_longopts[] =
233 1.1 skrll {
234 1.1.1.3 christos { "EB", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_EB },
235 1.1.1.3 christos { "EL", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_EL },
236 1.1.1.3 christos { "mcpu", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_MCPU },
237 1.1.1.3 christos { "mA6", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_ARC600 },
238 1.1.1.5 christos { "mARC600", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_ARC600 },
239 1.1.1.5 christos { "mARC601", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_ARC601 },
240 1.1.1.5 christos { "mARC700", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_ARC700 },
241 1.1.1.3 christos { "mA7", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_ARC700 },
242 1.1.1.3 christos { "mEM", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_ARCEM },
243 1.1.1.3 christos { "mHS", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_ARCHS },
244 1.1.1.3 christos { "mcode-density", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_CD },
245 1.1.1.5 christos { "mrelax", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_RELAX },
246 1.1.1.5 christos { "mnps400", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NPS400 },
247 1.1.1.5 christos
248 1.1.1.5 christos /* Floating point options */
249 1.1.1.5 christos { "mspfp", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SPFP},
250 1.1.1.5 christos { "mspfp-compact", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SPFP},
251 1.1.1.5 christos { "mspfp_compact", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SPFP},
252 1.1.1.5 christos { "mspfp-fast", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SPFP},
253 1.1.1.5 christos { "mspfp_fast", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SPFP},
254 1.1.1.5 christos { "mdpfp", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_DPFP},
255 1.1.1.5 christos { "mdpfp-compact", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_DPFP},
256 1.1.1.5 christos { "mdpfp_compact", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_DPFP},
257 1.1.1.5 christos { "mdpfp-fast", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_DPFP},
258 1.1.1.5 christos { "mdpfp_fast", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_DPFP},
259 1.1.1.5 christos { "mfpuda", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_FPUDA},
260 1.1.1.3 christos
261 1.1.1.3 christos /* The following options are deprecated and provided here only for
262 1.1.1.3 christos compatibility reasons. */
263 1.1.1.3 christos { "mav2em", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_ARCEM },
264 1.1.1.3 christos { "mav2hs", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_ARCHS },
265 1.1.1.3 christos { "muser-mode-only", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_USER_MODE },
266 1.1.1.3 christos { "mld-extension-reg-mask", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_LD_EXT_MASK },
267 1.1.1.3 christos { "mswap", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SWAP },
268 1.1.1.3 christos { "mnorm", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NORM },
269 1.1.1.3 christos { "mbarrel-shifter", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_BARREL_SHIFT },
270 1.1.1.3 christos { "mbarrel_shifter", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_BARREL_SHIFT },
271 1.1.1.3 christos { "mmin-max", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_MIN_MAX },
272 1.1.1.3 christos { "mmin_max", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_MIN_MAX },
273 1.1.1.3 christos { "mno-mpy", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NO_MPY },
274 1.1.1.3 christos { "mea", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_EA },
275 1.1.1.3 christos { "mEA", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_EA },
276 1.1.1.3 christos { "mmul64", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_MUL64 },
277 1.1.1.3 christos { "msimd", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SIMD},
278 1.1.1.3 christos { "mmac-d16", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_XMAC_D16},
279 1.1.1.3 christos { "mmac_d16", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_XMAC_D16},
280 1.1.1.3 christos { "mmac-24", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_XMAC_24},
281 1.1.1.3 christos { "mmac_24", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_XMAC_24},
282 1.1.1.3 christos { "mdsp-packa", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_DSP_PACKA},
283 1.1.1.3 christos { "mdsp_packa", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_DSP_PACKA},
284 1.1.1.3 christos { "mcrc", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_CRC},
285 1.1.1.3 christos { "mdvbf", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_DVBF},
286 1.1.1.3 christos { "mtelephony", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_TELEPHONY},
287 1.1.1.3 christos { "mxy", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_XYMEMORY},
288 1.1.1.3 christos { "mlock", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_LOCK},
289 1.1.1.3 christos { "mswape", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SWAPE},
290 1.1.1.3 christos { "mrtsc", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_RTSC},
291 1.1.1.3 christos
292 1.1.1.3 christos { NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0 }
293 1.1 skrll };
294 1.1.1.3 christos
295 1.1.1.10 christos const size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
296 1.1 skrll
297 1.1.1.3 christos /* Local data and data types. */
298 1.1.1.3 christos
299 1.1.1.3 christos /* Used since new relocation types are introduced in this
300 1.1.1.3 christos file (DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_*). */
301 1.1.1.3 christos typedef int extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type;
302 1.1.1.3 christos
303 1.1.1.3 christos struct arc_fixup
304 1.1.1.3 christos {
305 1.1.1.3 christos expressionS exp;
306 1.1 skrll
307 1.1.1.3 christos extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
308 1.1 skrll
309 1.1.1.3 christos /* index into arc_operands. */
310 1.1.1.3 christos unsigned int opindex;
311 1.1 skrll
312 1.1.1.3 christos /* PC-relative, used by internals fixups. */
313 1.1.1.3 christos unsigned char pcrel;
314 1.1.1.3 christos
315 1.1.1.3 christos /* TRUE if this fixup is for LIMM operand. */
316 1.1.1.8 christos bool islong;
317 1.1.1.3 christos };
318 1.1.1.3 christos
319 1.1.1.3 christos struct arc_insn
320 1.1 skrll {
321 1.1.1.6 christos unsigned long long int insn;
322 1.1.1.3 christos int nfixups;
323 1.1.1.3 christos struct arc_fixup fixups[MAX_INSN_FIXUPS];
324 1.1.1.3 christos long limm;
325 1.1.1.8 christos unsigned int len; /* Length of instruction in bytes. */
326 1.1.1.8 christos bool has_limm; /* Boolean value: TRUE if limm field is valid. */
327 1.1.1.8 christos bool relax; /* Boolean value: TRUE if needs relaxation. */
328 1.1.1.3 christos };
329 1.1 skrll
330 1.1.1.3 christos /* Structure to hold any last two instructions. */
331 1.1.1.3 christos static struct arc_last_insn
332 1.1 skrll {
333 1.1.1.3 christos /* Saved instruction opcode. */
334 1.1.1.3 christos const struct arc_opcode *opcode;
335 1.1 skrll
336 1.1.1.3 christos /* Boolean value: TRUE if current insn is short. */
337 1.1.1.8 christos bool has_limm;
338 1.1 skrll
339 1.1.1.3 christos /* Boolean value: TRUE if current insn has delay slot. */
340 1.1.1.8 christos bool has_delay_slot;
341 1.1.1.3 christos } arc_last_insns[2];
342 1.1.1.3 christos
343 1.1.1.5 christos /* Extension instruction suffix classes. */
344 1.1.1.5 christos typedef struct
345 1.1.1.5 christos {
346 1.1.1.5 christos const char *name;
347 1.1.1.5 christos int len;
348 1.1.1.5 christos int attr_class;
349 1.1.1.5 christos } attributes_t;
350 1.1.1.5 christos
351 1.1.1.5 christos static const attributes_t suffixclass[] =
352 1.1.1.5 christos {
353 1.1.1.5 christos { "SUFFIX_FLAG", 11, ARC_SUFFIX_FLAG },
354 1.1.1.5 christos { "SUFFIX_COND", 11, ARC_SUFFIX_COND },
355 1.1.1.5 christos { "SUFFIX_NONE", 11, ARC_SUFFIX_NONE }
356 1.1.1.5 christos };
357 1.1.1.5 christos
358 1.1.1.5 christos /* Extension instruction syntax classes. */
359 1.1.1.5 christos static const attributes_t syntaxclass[] =
360 1.1.1.5 christos {
361 1.1.1.5 christos { "SYNTAX_3OP", 10, ARC_SYNTAX_3OP },
362 1.1.1.5 christos { "SYNTAX_2OP", 10, ARC_SYNTAX_2OP },
363 1.1.1.5 christos { "SYNTAX_1OP", 10, ARC_SYNTAX_1OP },
364 1.1.1.5 christos { "SYNTAX_NOP", 10, ARC_SYNTAX_NOP }
365 1.1.1.5 christos };
366 1.1.1.5 christos
367 1.1.1.5 christos /* Extension instruction syntax classes modifiers. */
368 1.1.1.5 christos static const attributes_t syntaxclassmod[] =
369 1.1.1.5 christos {
370 1.1.1.5 christos { "OP1_IMM_IMPLIED" , 15, ARC_OP1_IMM_IMPLIED },
371 1.1.1.5 christos { "OP1_MUST_BE_IMM" , 15, ARC_OP1_MUST_BE_IMM }
372 1.1.1.5 christos };
373 1.1.1.5 christos
374 1.1.1.5 christos /* Extension register type. */
375 1.1.1.5 christos typedef struct
376 1.1.1.5 christos {
377 1.1.1.5 christos char *name;
378 1.1.1.5 christos int number;
379 1.1.1.5 christos int imode;
380 1.1.1.5 christos } extRegister_t;
381 1.1.1.5 christos
382 1.1.1.5 christos /* A structure to hold the additional conditional codes. */
383 1.1.1.5 christos static struct
384 1.1.1.5 christos {
385 1.1.1.5 christos struct arc_flag_operand *arc_ext_condcode;
386 1.1.1.5 christos int size;
387 1.1.1.5 christos } ext_condcode = { NULL, 0 };
388 1.1.1.5 christos
389 1.1.1.5 christos /* Structure to hold an entry in ARC_OPCODE_HASH. */
390 1.1.1.5 christos struct arc_opcode_hash_entry
391 1.1.1.5 christos {
392 1.1.1.5 christos /* The number of pointers in the OPCODE list. */
393 1.1.1.5 christos size_t count;
394 1.1.1.5 christos
395 1.1.1.5 christos /* Points to a list of opcode pointers. */
396 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_opcode **opcode;
397 1.1.1.5 christos };
398 1.1.1.5 christos
399 1.1.1.5 christos /* Structure used for iterating through an arc_opcode_hash_entry. */
400 1.1.1.5 christos struct arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator
401 1.1.1.5 christos {
402 1.1.1.5 christos /* Index into the OPCODE element of the arc_opcode_hash_entry. */
403 1.1.1.5 christos size_t index;
404 1.1.1.5 christos
405 1.1.1.5 christos /* The specific ARC_OPCODE from the ARC_OPCODES table that was last
406 1.1.1.5 christos returned by this iterator. */
407 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_opcode *opcode;
408 1.1.1.5 christos };
409 1.1.1.5 christos
410 1.1.1.5 christos /* Forward declaration. */
411 1.1.1.5 christos static void assemble_insn
412 1.1.1.5 christos (const struct arc_opcode *, const expressionS *, int,
413 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_flags *, int, struct arc_insn *);
414 1.1.1.5 christos
415 1.1.1.6 christos /* The selection of the machine type can come from different sources. This
416 1.1.1.6 christos enum is used to track how the selection was made in order to perform
417 1.1.1.6 christos error checks. */
418 1.1.1.6 christos enum mach_selection_type
419 1.1.1.6 christos {
420 1.1.1.6 christos MACH_SELECTION_NONE,
421 1.1.1.6 christos MACH_SELECTION_FROM_DEFAULT,
422 1.1.1.6 christos MACH_SELECTION_FROM_CPU_DIRECTIVE,
423 1.1.1.6 christos MACH_SELECTION_FROM_COMMAND_LINE
424 1.1.1.6 christos };
425 1.1 skrll
426 1.1.1.6 christos /* How the current machine type was selected. */
427 1.1.1.6 christos static enum mach_selection_type mach_selection_mode = MACH_SELECTION_NONE;
428 1.1 skrll
429 1.1.1.3 christos /* The hash table of instruction opcodes. */
430 1.1.1.8 christos static htab_t arc_opcode_hash;
431 1.1 skrll
432 1.1.1.3 christos /* The hash table of register symbols. */
433 1.1.1.8 christos static htab_t arc_reg_hash;
434 1.1.1.3 christos
435 1.1.1.5 christos /* The hash table of aux register symbols. */
436 1.1.1.8 christos static htab_t arc_aux_hash;
437 1.1.1.5 christos
438 1.1.1.6 christos /* The hash table of address types. */
439 1.1.1.8 christos static htab_t arc_addrtype_hash;
440 1.1.1.6 christos
441 1.1.1.6 christos #define ARC_CPU_TYPE_A6xx(NAME,EXTRA) \
442 1.1.1.6 christos { #NAME, ARC_OPCODE_ARC600, bfd_mach_arc_arc600, \
443 1.1.1.6 christos E_ARC_MACH_ARC600, EXTRA}
444 1.1.1.6 christos #define ARC_CPU_TYPE_A7xx(NAME,EXTRA) \
445 1.1.1.6 christos { #NAME, ARC_OPCODE_ARC700, bfd_mach_arc_arc700, \
446 1.1.1.6 christos E_ARC_MACH_ARC700, EXTRA}
447 1.1.1.6 christos #define ARC_CPU_TYPE_AV2EM(NAME,EXTRA) \
448 1.1.1.6 christos { #NAME, ARC_OPCODE_ARCv2EM, bfd_mach_arc_arcv2, \
449 1.1.1.6 christos EF_ARC_CPU_ARCV2EM, EXTRA}
450 1.1.1.6 christos #define ARC_CPU_TYPE_AV2HS(NAME,EXTRA) \
451 1.1.1.6 christos { #NAME, ARC_OPCODE_ARCv2HS, bfd_mach_arc_arcv2, \
452 1.1.1.6 christos EF_ARC_CPU_ARCV2HS, EXTRA}
453 1.1.1.6 christos #define ARC_CPU_TYPE_NONE \
454 1.1.1.6 christos { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
455 1.1.1.6 christos
456 1.1.1.3 christos /* A table of CPU names and opcode sets. */
457 1.1.1.3 christos static const struct cpu_type
458 1.1 skrll {
459 1.1.1.3 christos const char *name;
460 1.1.1.3 christos unsigned flags;
461 1.1.1.3 christos int mach;
462 1.1.1.3 christos unsigned eflags;
463 1.1.1.3 christos unsigned features;
464 1.1.1.3 christos }
465 1.1.1.3 christos cpu_types[] =
466 1.1.1.3 christos {
467 1.1.1.6 christos #include "elf/arc-cpu.def"
468 1.1.1.3 christos };
469 1.1 skrll
470 1.1.1.6 christos /* Information about the cpu/variant we're assembling for. */
471 1.1.1.6 christos static struct cpu_type selected_cpu = { 0, 0, 0, E_ARC_OSABI_CURRENT, 0 };
472 1.1.1.6 christos
473 1.1.1.7 christos /* TRUE if current assembly code uses RF16 only registers. */
474 1.1.1.8 christos static bool rf16_only = true;
475 1.1.1.7 christos
476 1.1.1.6 christos /* MPY option. */
477 1.1.1.6 christos static unsigned mpy_option = 0;
478 1.1.1.6 christos
479 1.1.1.6 christos /* Use PIC. */
480 1.1.1.6 christos static unsigned pic_option = 0;
481 1.1.1.6 christos
482 1.1.1.6 christos /* Use small data. */
483 1.1.1.6 christos static unsigned sda_option = 0;
484 1.1.1.6 christos
485 1.1.1.6 christos /* Use TLS. */
486 1.1.1.6 christos static unsigned tls_option = 0;
487 1.1.1.6 christos
488 1.1.1.6 christos /* Command line given features. */
489 1.1.1.6 christos static unsigned cl_features = 0;
490 1.1.1.6 christos
491 1.1.1.3 christos /* Used by the arc_reloc_op table. Order is important. */
492 1.1.1.3 christos #define O_gotoff O_md1 /* @gotoff relocation. */
493 1.1.1.3 christos #define O_gotpc O_md2 /* @gotpc relocation. */
494 1.1.1.3 christos #define O_plt O_md3 /* @plt relocation. */
495 1.1.1.3 christos #define O_sda O_md4 /* @sda relocation. */
496 1.1.1.3 christos #define O_pcl O_md5 /* @pcl relocation. */
497 1.1.1.3 christos #define O_tlsgd O_md6 /* @tlsgd relocation. */
498 1.1.1.3 christos #define O_tlsie O_md7 /* @tlsie relocation. */
499 1.1.1.3 christos #define O_tpoff9 O_md8 /* @tpoff9 relocation. */
500 1.1.1.3 christos #define O_tpoff O_md9 /* @tpoff relocation. */
501 1.1.1.3 christos #define O_dtpoff9 O_md10 /* @dtpoff9 relocation. */
502 1.1.1.3 christos #define O_dtpoff O_md11 /* @dtpoff relocation. */
503 1.1.1.3 christos #define O_last O_dtpoff
504 1.1.1.3 christos
505 1.1.1.3 christos /* Used to define a bracket as operand in tokens. */
506 1.1.1.3 christos #define O_bracket O_md32
507 1.1.1.3 christos
508 1.1.1.6 christos /* Used to define a colon as an operand in tokens. */
509 1.1.1.6 christos #define O_colon O_md31
510 1.1.1.6 christos
511 1.1.1.6 christos /* Used to define address types in nps400. */
512 1.1.1.6 christos #define O_addrtype O_md30
513 1.1.1.6 christos
514 1.1.1.3 christos /* Dummy relocation, to be sorted out. */
515 1.1.1.3 christos #define DUMMY_RELOC_ARC_ENTRY (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 1)
516 1.1.1.3 christos
517 1.1.1.3 christos #define USER_RELOC_P(R) ((R) >= O_gotoff && (R) <= O_last)
518 1.1.1.3 christos
519 1.1.1.3 christos /* A table to map the spelling of a relocation operand into an appropriate
520 1.1.1.3 christos bfd_reloc_code_real_type type. The table is assumed to be ordered such
521 1.1.1.3 christos that op-O_literal indexes into it. */
522 1.1.1.3 christos #define ARC_RELOC_TABLE(op) \
523 1.1.1.3 christos (&arc_reloc_op[ ((!USER_RELOC_P (op)) \
524 1.1.1.3 christos ? (abort (), 0) \
525 1.1.1.10 christos : (op) - O_gotoff) ])
526 1.1.1.3 christos
527 1.1.1.3 christos #define DEF(NAME, RELOC, REQ) \
528 1.1.1.3 christos { #NAME, sizeof (#NAME)-1, O_##NAME, RELOC, REQ}
529 1.1.1.3 christos
530 1.1.1.3 christos static const struct arc_reloc_op_tag
531 1.1.1.3 christos {
532 1.1.1.3 christos /* String to lookup. */
533 1.1.1.3 christos const char *name;
534 1.1.1.3 christos /* Size of the string. */
535 1.1.1.3 christos size_t length;
536 1.1.1.3 christos /* Which operator to use. */
537 1.1.1.3 christos operatorT op;
538 1.1.1.3 christos extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
539 1.1.1.3 christos /* Allows complex relocation expression like identifier@reloc +
540 1.1.1.3 christos const. */
541 1.1.1.3 christos unsigned int complex_expr : 1;
542 1.1.1.3 christos }
543 1.1.1.3 christos arc_reloc_op[] =
544 1.1.1.3 christos {
545 1.1.1.3 christos DEF (gotoff, BFD_RELOC_ARC_GOTOFF, 1),
546 1.1.1.3 christos DEF (gotpc, BFD_RELOC_ARC_GOTPC32, 0),
547 1.1.1.11 christos DEF (plt, BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL, 0),
548 1.1.1.3 christos DEF (sda, DUMMY_RELOC_ARC_ENTRY, 1),
549 1.1.1.11 christos DEF (pcl, BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL, 1),
550 1.1.1.3 christos DEF (tlsgd, BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_GD_GOT, 0),
551 1.1.1.3 christos DEF (tlsie, BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_IE_GOT, 0),
552 1.1.1.3 christos DEF (tpoff9, BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_LE_S9, 0),
553 1.1.1.5 christos DEF (tpoff, BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_LE_32, 1),
554 1.1.1.3 christos DEF (dtpoff9, BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_DTPOFF_S9, 0),
555 1.1.1.6 christos DEF (dtpoff, BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_DTPOFF, 1),
556 1.1.1.3 christos };
557 1.1 skrll
558 1.1.1.3 christos static const int arc_num_reloc_op
559 1.1.1.3 christos = sizeof (arc_reloc_op) / sizeof (*arc_reloc_op);
560 1.1.1.3 christos
561 1.1.1.5 christos /* Structure for relaxable instruction that have to be swapped with a
562 1.1.1.5 christos smaller alternative instruction. */
563 1.1.1.5 christos struct arc_relaxable_ins
564 1.1.1.5 christos {
565 1.1.1.5 christos /* Mnemonic that should be checked. */
566 1.1.1.5 christos const char *mnemonic_r;
567 1.1.1.5 christos
568 1.1.1.5 christos /* Operands that should be checked.
569 1.1.1.5 christos Indexes of operands from operand array. */
570 1.1.1.5 christos enum rlx_operand_type operands[6];
571 1.1.1.5 christos
572 1.1.1.5 christos /* Flags that should be checked. */
573 1.1.1.5 christos unsigned flag_classes[5];
574 1.1.1.5 christos
575 1.1.1.5 christos /* Mnemonic (smaller) alternative to be used later for relaxation. */
576 1.1.1.5 christos const char *mnemonic_alt;
577 1.1.1.5 christos
578 1.1.1.5 christos /* Index of operand that generic relaxation has to check. */
579 1.1.1.5 christos unsigned opcheckidx;
580 1.1.1.5 christos
581 1.1.1.5 christos /* Base subtype index used. */
582 1.1.1.5 christos enum arc_rlx_types subtype;
583 1.1.1.5 christos };
584 1.1.1.5 christos
585 1.1.1.5 christos #define RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY(BITS, ISSIGNED, SIZE, NEXT) \
586 1.1.1.5 christos { (ISSIGNED) ? ((1 << ((BITS) - 1)) - 1) : ((1 << (BITS)) - 1), \
587 1.1.1.5 christos (ISSIGNED) ? -(1 << ((BITS) - 1)) : 0, \
588 1.1.1.5 christos (SIZE), \
589 1.1.1.5 christos (NEXT) } \
590 1.1.1.5 christos
591 1.1.1.5 christos #define RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY_MAX(ISSIGNED, SIZE, NEXT) \
592 1.1.1.5 christos { (ISSIGNED) ? 0x7FFFFFFF : 0xFFFFFFFF, \
593 1.1.1.5 christos (ISSIGNED) ? -(0x7FFFFFFF) : 0, \
594 1.1.1.5 christos (SIZE), \
595 1.1.1.5 christos (NEXT) } \
596 1.1.1.5 christos
597 1.1.1.5 christos
598 1.1.1.5 christos /* ARC relaxation table. */
599 1.1.1.5 christos const relax_typeS md_relax_table[] =
600 1.1.1.5 christos {
601 1.1.1.5 christos /* Fake entry. */
602 1.1.1.5 christos {0, 0, 0, 0},
603 1.1.1.5 christos
604 1.1.1.5 christos /* BL_S s13 ->
605 1.1.1.5 christos BL s25. */
606 1.1.1.6 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (13, 1, 2, ARC_RLX_BL),
607 1.1.1.6 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (25, 1, 4, ARC_RLX_NONE),
608 1.1.1.5 christos
609 1.1.1.5 christos /* B_S s10 ->
610 1.1.1.5 christos B s25. */
611 1.1.1.6 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (10, 1, 2, ARC_RLX_B),
612 1.1.1.6 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (25, 1, 4, ARC_RLX_NONE),
613 1.1.1.5 christos
614 1.1.1.5 christos /* ADD_S c,b, u3 ->
615 1.1.1.5 christos ADD<.f> a,b,u6 ->
616 1.1.1.5 christos ADD<.f> a,b,limm. */
617 1.1.1.6 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (3, 0, 2, ARC_RLX_ADD_U6),
618 1.1.1.6 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (6, 0, 4, ARC_RLX_ADD_LIMM),
619 1.1.1.6 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY_MAX (0, 8, ARC_RLX_NONE),
620 1.1.1.5 christos
621 1.1.1.5 christos /* LD_S a, [b, u7] ->
622 1.1.1.5 christos LD<zz><.x><.aa><.di> a, [b, s9] ->
623 1.1.1.5 christos LD<zz><.x><.aa><.di> a, [b, limm] */
624 1.1.1.6 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (7, 0, 2, ARC_RLX_LD_S9),
625 1.1.1.6 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (9, 1, 4, ARC_RLX_LD_LIMM),
626 1.1.1.6 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY_MAX (1, 8, ARC_RLX_NONE),
627 1.1.1.5 christos
628 1.1.1.5 christos /* MOV_S b, u8 ->
629 1.1.1.5 christos MOV<.f> b, s12 ->
630 1.1.1.5 christos MOV<.f> b, limm. */
631 1.1.1.6 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (8, 0, 2, ARC_RLX_MOV_S12),
632 1.1.1.6 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (8, 0, 4, ARC_RLX_MOV_LIMM),
633 1.1.1.6 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY_MAX (0, 8, ARC_RLX_NONE),
634 1.1.1.5 christos
635 1.1.1.5 christos /* SUB_S c, b, u3 ->
636 1.1.1.5 christos SUB<.f> a, b, u6 ->
637 1.1.1.5 christos SUB<.f> a, b, limm. */
638 1.1.1.6 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (3, 0, 2, ARC_RLX_SUB_U6),
639 1.1.1.6 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (6, 0, 4, ARC_RLX_SUB_LIMM),
640 1.1.1.6 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY_MAX (0, 8, ARC_RLX_NONE),
641 1.1.1.5 christos
642 1.1.1.5 christos /* MPY<.f> a, b, u6 ->
643 1.1.1.5 christos MPY<.f> a, b, limm. */
644 1.1.1.6 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (6, 0, 4, ARC_RLX_MPY_LIMM),
645 1.1.1.6 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY_MAX (0, 8, ARC_RLX_NONE),
646 1.1.1.5 christos
647 1.1.1.5 christos /* MOV<.f><.cc> b, u6 ->
648 1.1.1.5 christos MOV<.f><.cc> b, limm. */
649 1.1.1.6 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (6, 0, 4, ARC_RLX_MOV_RLIMM),
650 1.1.1.6 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY_MAX (0, 8, ARC_RLX_NONE),
651 1.1.1.5 christos
652 1.1.1.5 christos /* ADD<.f><.cc> b, b, u6 ->
653 1.1.1.5 christos ADD<.f><.cc> b, b, limm. */
654 1.1.1.6 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (6, 0, 4, ARC_RLX_ADD_RRLIMM),
655 1.1.1.6 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY_MAX (0, 8, ARC_RLX_NONE),
656 1.1.1.5 christos };
657 1.1.1.5 christos
658 1.1.1.5 christos /* Order of this table's entries matters! */
659 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_relaxable_ins arc_relaxable_insns[] =
660 1.1.1.5 christos {
661 1.1.1.5 christos { "bl", { IMMEDIATE }, { 0 }, "bl_s", 0, ARC_RLX_BL_S },
662 1.1.1.5 christos { "b", { IMMEDIATE }, { 0 }, "b_s", 0, ARC_RLX_B_S },
663 1.1.1.5 christos { "add", { REGISTER, REGISTER_DUP, IMMEDIATE }, { 5, 1, 0 }, "add",
664 1.1.1.5 christos 2, ARC_RLX_ADD_RRU6},
665 1.1.1.5 christos { "add", { REGISTER_S, REGISTER_S, IMMEDIATE }, { 0 }, "add_s", 2,
666 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_ADD_U3 },
667 1.1.1.5 christos { "add", { REGISTER, REGISTER, IMMEDIATE }, { 5, 0 }, "add", 2,
668 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_ADD_U6 },
669 1.1.1.5 christos { "ld", { REGISTER_S, BRACKET, REGISTER_S, IMMEDIATE, BRACKET },
670 1.1.1.5 christos { 0 }, "ld_s", 3, ARC_RLX_LD_U7 },
671 1.1.1.5 christos { "ld", { REGISTER, BRACKET, REGISTER_NO_GP, IMMEDIATE, BRACKET },
672 1.1.1.5 christos { 11, 4, 14, 17, 0 }, "ld", 3, ARC_RLX_LD_S9 },
673 1.1.1.5 christos { "mov", { REGISTER_S, IMMEDIATE }, { 0 }, "mov_s", 1, ARC_RLX_MOV_U8 },
674 1.1.1.5 christos { "mov", { REGISTER, IMMEDIATE }, { 5, 0 }, "mov", 1, ARC_RLX_MOV_S12 },
675 1.1.1.5 christos { "mov", { REGISTER, IMMEDIATE }, { 5, 1, 0 },"mov", 1, ARC_RLX_MOV_RU6 },
676 1.1.1.5 christos { "sub", { REGISTER_S, REGISTER_S, IMMEDIATE }, { 0 }, "sub_s", 2,
677 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_SUB_U3 },
678 1.1.1.5 christos { "sub", { REGISTER, REGISTER, IMMEDIATE }, { 5, 0 }, "sub", 2,
679 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_SUB_U6 },
680 1.1.1.5 christos { "mpy", { REGISTER, REGISTER, IMMEDIATE }, { 5, 0 }, "mpy", 2,
681 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_MPY_U6 },
682 1.1.1.5 christos };
683 1.1.1.5 christos
684 1.1.1.5 christos const unsigned arc_num_relaxable_ins = ARRAY_SIZE (arc_relaxable_insns);
685 1.1.1.5 christos
686 1.1.1.3 christos /* Pre-defined "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_". */
687 1.1.1.3 christos symbolS * GOT_symbol = 0;
688 1.1 skrll
689 1.1.1.11 christos /* Set to TRUE for a special parsing action when assembling instructions. */
690 1.1.1.8 christos static bool assembling_insn = false;
691 1.1.1.3 christos
692 1.1.1.6 christos /* List with attributes set explicitly. */
693 1.1.1.8 christos static bool attributes_set_explicitly[NUM_KNOWN_OBJ_ATTRIBUTES];
694 1.1.1.6 christos
695 1.1.1.5 christos /* Functions implementation. */
696 1.1.1.3 christos
697 1.1.1.5 christos /* Return a pointer to ARC_OPCODE_HASH_ENTRY that identifies all
698 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_OPCODE entries in ARC_OPCODE_HASH that match NAME, or NULL if there
699 1.1.1.5 christos are no matching entries in ARC_OPCODE_HASH. */
700 1.1.1.5 christos
701 1.1.1.5 christos static const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *
702 1.1.1.5 christos arc_find_opcode (const char *name)
703 1.1.1.5 christos {
704 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *entry;
705 1.1.1.5 christos
706 1.1.1.8 christos entry = str_hash_find (arc_opcode_hash, name);
707 1.1.1.5 christos return entry;
708 1.1.1.5 christos }
709 1.1.1.5 christos
710 1.1.1.5 christos /* Initialise the iterator ITER. */
711 1.1.1.5 christos
712 1.1.1.5 christos static void
713 1.1.1.5 christos arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator_init (struct arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator *iter)
714 1.1.1.5 christos {
715 1.1.1.5 christos iter->index = 0;
716 1.1.1.5 christos iter->opcode = NULL;
717 1.1.1.5 christos }
718 1.1.1.5 christos
719 1.1.1.5 christos /* Return the next ARC_OPCODE from ENTRY, using ITER to hold state between
720 1.1.1.5 christos calls to this function. Return NULL when all ARC_OPCODE entries have
721 1.1.1.5 christos been returned. */
722 1.1.1.5 christos
723 1.1.1.5 christos static const struct arc_opcode *
724 1.1.1.5 christos arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator_next (const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *entry,
725 1.1.1.5 christos struct arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator *iter)
726 1.1.1.5 christos {
727 1.1.1.5 christos if (iter->opcode == NULL && iter->index == 0)
728 1.1.1.5 christos {
729 1.1.1.5 christos gas_assert (entry->count > 0);
730 1.1.1.5 christos iter->opcode = entry->opcode[iter->index];
731 1.1.1.5 christos }
732 1.1.1.5 christos else if (iter->opcode != NULL)
733 1.1.1.5 christos {
734 1.1.1.5 christos const char *old_name = iter->opcode->name;
735 1.1.1.5 christos
736 1.1.1.5 christos iter->opcode++;
737 1.1.1.5 christos if (iter->opcode->name == NULL
738 1.1.1.5 christos || strcmp (old_name, iter->opcode->name) != 0)
739 1.1.1.5 christos {
740 1.1.1.5 christos iter->index++;
741 1.1.1.5 christos if (iter->index == entry->count)
742 1.1.1.5 christos iter->opcode = NULL;
743 1.1.1.5 christos else
744 1.1.1.5 christos iter->opcode = entry->opcode[iter->index];
745 1.1.1.5 christos }
746 1.1.1.5 christos }
747 1.1.1.5 christos
748 1.1.1.5 christos return iter->opcode;
749 1.1.1.5 christos }
750 1.1.1.5 christos
751 1.1.1.5 christos /* Insert an opcode into opcode hash structure. */
752 1.1.1.5 christos
753 1.1.1.5 christos static void
754 1.1.1.5 christos arc_insert_opcode (const struct arc_opcode *opcode)
755 1.1.1.5 christos {
756 1.1.1.8 christos const char *name;
757 1.1.1.5 christos struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *entry;
758 1.1.1.5 christos name = opcode->name;
759 1.1.1.5 christos
760 1.1.1.8 christos entry = str_hash_find (arc_opcode_hash, name);
761 1.1.1.5 christos if (entry == NULL)
762 1.1.1.5 christos {
763 1.1.1.5 christos entry = XNEW (struct arc_opcode_hash_entry);
764 1.1.1.5 christos entry->count = 0;
765 1.1.1.5 christos entry->opcode = NULL;
766 1.1.1.5 christos
767 1.1.1.8 christos if (str_hash_insert (arc_opcode_hash, name, entry, 0) != NULL)
768 1.1.1.8 christos as_fatal (_("duplicate %s"), name);
769 1.1.1.5 christos }
770 1.1.1.5 christos
771 1.1.1.5 christos entry->opcode = XRESIZEVEC (const struct arc_opcode *, entry->opcode,
772 1.1.1.5 christos entry->count + 1);
773 1.1.1.5 christos
774 1.1.1.5 christos entry->opcode[entry->count] = opcode;
775 1.1.1.5 christos entry->count++;
776 1.1.1.5 christos }
777 1.1.1.3 christos
778 1.1.1.9 christos static void
779 1.1.1.9 christos arc_opcode_free (void *elt)
780 1.1.1.9 christos {
781 1.1.1.10 christos string_tuple_t *tuple = elt;
782 1.1.1.9 christos struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *entry = (void *) tuple->value;
783 1.1.1.9 christos free (entry->opcode);
784 1.1.1.9 christos free (entry);
785 1.1.1.9 christos free (tuple);
786 1.1.1.9 christos }
787 1.1.1.3 christos
788 1.1.1.6 christos /* Like md_number_to_chars but for middle-endian values. The 4-byte limm
789 1.1.1.6 christos value, is encoded as 'middle-endian' for a little-endian target. This
790 1.1.1.6 christos function is used for regular 4, 6, and 8 byte instructions as well. */
791 1.1 skrll
792 1.1.1.3 christos static void
793 1.1.1.6 christos md_number_to_chars_midend (char *buf, unsigned long long val, int n)
794 1.1.1.3 christos {
795 1.1.1.6 christos switch (n)
796 1.1 skrll {
797 1.1.1.6 christos case 2:
798 1.1.1.6 christos md_number_to_chars (buf, val, n);
799 1.1.1.6 christos break;
800 1.1.1.6 christos case 6:
801 1.1.1.7 christos md_number_to_chars (buf, (val & 0xffff00000000ull) >> 32, 2);
802 1.1.1.6 christos md_number_to_chars_midend (buf + 2, (val & 0xffffffff), 4);
803 1.1.1.6 christos break;
804 1.1.1.6 christos case 4:
805 1.1.1.3 christos md_number_to_chars (buf, (val & 0xffff0000) >> 16, 2);
806 1.1.1.3 christos md_number_to_chars (buf + 2, (val & 0xffff), 2);
807 1.1.1.6 christos break;
808 1.1.1.6 christos case 8:
809 1.1.1.7 christos md_number_to_chars_midend (buf, (val & 0xffffffff00000000ull) >> 32, 4);
810 1.1.1.6 christos md_number_to_chars_midend (buf + 4, (val & 0xffffffff), 4);
811 1.1.1.6 christos break;
812 1.1.1.6 christos default:
813 1.1.1.6 christos abort ();
814 1.1.1.3 christos }
815 1.1.1.6 christos }
816 1.1.1.6 christos
817 1.1.1.6 christos /* Check if a feature is allowed for a specific CPU. */
818 1.1.1.6 christos
819 1.1.1.6 christos static void
820 1.1.1.6 christos arc_check_feature (void)
821 1.1.1.6 christos {
822 1.1.1.6 christos unsigned i;
823 1.1.1.6 christos
824 1.1.1.6 christos if (!selected_cpu.features
825 1.1.1.6 christos || !selected_cpu.name)
826 1.1.1.6 christos return;
827 1.1.1.6 christos
828 1.1.1.6 christos for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (feature_list); i++)
829 1.1.1.6 christos if ((selected_cpu.features & feature_list[i].feature)
830 1.1.1.6 christos && !(selected_cpu.flags & feature_list[i].cpus))
831 1.1.1.6 christos as_bad (_("invalid %s option for %s cpu"), feature_list[i].name,
832 1.1.1.6 christos selected_cpu.name);
833 1.1.1.6 christos
834 1.1.1.6 christos for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (conflict_list); i++)
835 1.1.1.6 christos if ((selected_cpu.features & conflict_list[i]) == conflict_list[i])
836 1.1.1.6 christos as_bad(_("conflicting ISA extension attributes."));
837 1.1.1.3 christos }
838 1.1 skrll
839 1.1.1.5 christos /* Select an appropriate entry from CPU_TYPES based on ARG and initialise
840 1.1.1.6 christos the relevant static global variables. Parameter SEL describes where
841 1.1.1.6 christos this selection originated from. */
842 1.1.1.5 christos
843 1.1.1.5 christos static void
844 1.1.1.6 christos arc_select_cpu (const char *arg, enum mach_selection_type sel)
845 1.1.1.5 christos {
846 1.1.1.5 christos int i;
847 1.1.1.7 christos static struct cpu_type old_cpu = { 0, 0, 0, E_ARC_OSABI_CURRENT, 0 };
848 1.1.1.5 christos
849 1.1.1.6 christos /* We should only set a default if we've not made a selection from some
850 1.1.1.6 christos other source. */
851 1.1.1.6 christos gas_assert (sel != MACH_SELECTION_FROM_DEFAULT
852 1.1.1.6 christos || mach_selection_mode == MACH_SELECTION_NONE);
853 1.1.1.6 christos
854 1.1.1.6 christos if ((mach_selection_mode == MACH_SELECTION_FROM_CPU_DIRECTIVE)
855 1.1.1.6 christos && (sel == MACH_SELECTION_FROM_CPU_DIRECTIVE))
856 1.1.1.6 christos as_bad (_("Multiple .cpu directives found"));
857 1.1.1.6 christos
858 1.1.1.6 christos /* Look for a matching entry in CPU_TYPES array. */
859 1.1.1.5 christos for (i = 0; cpu_types[i].name; ++i)
860 1.1.1.5 christos {
861 1.1.1.5 christos if (!strcasecmp (cpu_types[i].name, arg))
862 1.1.1.5 christos {
863 1.1.1.6 christos /* If a previous selection was made on the command line, then we
864 1.1.1.6 christos allow later selections on the command line to override earlier
865 1.1.1.6 christos ones. However, a selection from a '.cpu NAME' directive must
866 1.1.1.6 christos match the command line selection, or we give a warning. */
867 1.1.1.6 christos if (mach_selection_mode == MACH_SELECTION_FROM_COMMAND_LINE)
868 1.1.1.6 christos {
869 1.1.1.6 christos gas_assert (sel == MACH_SELECTION_FROM_COMMAND_LINE
870 1.1.1.6 christos || sel == MACH_SELECTION_FROM_CPU_DIRECTIVE);
871 1.1.1.6 christos if (sel == MACH_SELECTION_FROM_CPU_DIRECTIVE
872 1.1.1.6 christos && selected_cpu.mach != cpu_types[i].mach)
873 1.1.1.6 christos {
874 1.1.1.6 christos as_warn (_("Command-line value overrides \".cpu\" directive"));
875 1.1.1.6 christos }
876 1.1.1.6 christos return;
877 1.1.1.6 christos }
878 1.1.1.6 christos /* Initialise static global data about selected machine type. */
879 1.1.1.6 christos selected_cpu.flags = cpu_types[i].flags;
880 1.1.1.6 christos selected_cpu.name = cpu_types[i].name;
881 1.1.1.6 christos selected_cpu.features = cpu_types[i].features | cl_features;
882 1.1.1.6 christos selected_cpu.mach = cpu_types[i].mach;
883 1.1.1.6 christos selected_cpu.eflags = ((selected_cpu.eflags & ~EF_ARC_MACH_MSK)
884 1.1.1.6 christos | cpu_types[i].eflags);
885 1.1.1.5 christos break;
886 1.1.1.5 christos }
887 1.1.1.5 christos }
888 1.1.1.5 christos
889 1.1.1.5 christos if (!cpu_types[i].name)
890 1.1.1.5 christos as_fatal (_("unknown architecture: %s\n"), arg);
891 1.1.1.6 christos
892 1.1.1.6 christos /* Check if set features are compatible with the chosen CPU. */
893 1.1.1.6 christos arc_check_feature ();
894 1.1.1.6 christos
895 1.1.1.7 christos /* If we change the CPU, we need to re-init the bfd. */
896 1.1.1.7 christos if (mach_selection_mode != MACH_SELECTION_NONE
897 1.1.1.7 christos && (old_cpu.mach != selected_cpu.mach))
898 1.1.1.7 christos {
899 1.1.1.7 christos bfd_find_target (arc_target_format, stdoutput);
900 1.1.1.7 christos if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_arc, selected_cpu.mach))
901 1.1.1.7 christos as_warn (_("Could not set architecture and machine"));
902 1.1.1.7 christos }
903 1.1.1.7 christos
904 1.1.1.6 christos mach_selection_mode = sel;
905 1.1.1.7 christos old_cpu = selected_cpu;
906 1.1.1.5 christos }
907 1.1.1.5 christos
908 1.1.1.3 christos /* Here ends all the ARCompact extension instruction assembling
909 1.1.1.3 christos stuff. */
910 1.1 skrll
911 1.1.1.3 christos static void
912 1.1.1.3 christos arc_extra_reloc (int r_type)
913 1.1.1.3 christos {
914 1.1.1.3 christos char *sym_name, c;
915 1.1.1.3 christos symbolS *sym, *lab = NULL;
916 1.1 skrll
917 1.1.1.3 christos if (*input_line_pointer == '@')
918 1.1.1.3 christos input_line_pointer++;
919 1.1.1.3 christos c = get_symbol_name (&sym_name);
920 1.1.1.3 christos sym = symbol_find_or_make (sym_name);
921 1.1.1.3 christos restore_line_pointer (c);
922 1.1.1.3 christos if (c == ',' && r_type == BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_GD_LD)
923 1.1.1.3 christos {
924 1.1.1.3 christos ++input_line_pointer;
925 1.1.1.3 christos char *lab_name;
926 1.1.1.3 christos c = get_symbol_name (&lab_name);
927 1.1.1.3 christos lab = symbol_find_or_make (lab_name);
928 1.1.1.3 christos restore_line_pointer (c);
929 1.1.1.3 christos }
930 1.1.1.5 christos
931 1.1.1.5 christos /* These relocations exist as a mechanism for the compiler to tell the
932 1.1.1.5 christos linker how to patch the code if the tls model is optimised. However,
933 1.1.1.5 christos the relocation itself does not require any space within the assembler
934 1.1.1.5 christos fragment, and so we pass a size of 0.
935 1.1.1.5 christos
936 1.1.1.5 christos The lines that generate these relocations look like this:
937 1.1.1.5 christos
938 1.1.1.5 christos .tls_gd_ld @.tdata`bl __tls_get_addr@plt
939 1.1.1.5 christos
940 1.1.1.5 christos The '.tls_gd_ld @.tdata' is processed first and generates the
941 1.1.1.5 christos additional relocation, while the 'bl __tls_get_addr@plt' is processed
942 1.1.1.5 christos second and generates the additional branch.
943 1.1.1.5 christos
944 1.1.1.5 christos It is possible that the additional relocation generated by the
945 1.1.1.5 christos '.tls_gd_ld @.tdata' will be attached at the very end of one fragment,
946 1.1.1.5 christos while the 'bl __tls_get_addr@plt' will be generated as the first thing
947 1.1.1.5 christos in the next fragment. This will be fine; both relocations will still
948 1.1.1.5 christos appear to be at the same address in the generated object file.
949 1.1.1.5 christos However, this only works as the additional relocation is generated
950 1.1.1.5 christos with size of 0 bytes. */
951 1.1.1.3 christos fixS *fixP
952 1.1.1.3 christos = fix_new (frag_now, /* Which frag? */
953 1.1.1.3 christos frag_now_fix (), /* Where in that frag? */
954 1.1.1.5 christos 0, /* size: 1, 2, or 4 usually. */
955 1.1.1.3 christos sym, /* X_add_symbol. */
956 1.1.1.3 christos 0, /* X_add_number. */
957 1.1.1.8 christos false, /* TRUE if PC-relative relocation. */
958 1.1.1.3 christos r_type /* Relocation type. */);
959 1.1.1.3 christos fixP->fx_subsy = lab;
960 1.1.1.3 christos }
961 1.1.1.3 christos
962 1.1.1.3 christos static symbolS *
963 1.1.1.3 christos arc_lcomm_internal (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
964 1.1.1.3 christos symbolS *symbolP, addressT size)
965 1.1.1.3 christos {
966 1.1.1.3 christos addressT align = 0;
967 1.1.1.3 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
968 1.1 skrll
969 1.1.1.3 christos if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
970 1.1 skrll {
971 1.1.1.3 christos align = parse_align (1);
972 1.1 skrll
973 1.1.1.3 christos if (align == (addressT) -1)
974 1.1.1.3 christos return NULL;
975 1.1 skrll }
976 1.1 skrll else
977 1.1.1.3 christos {
978 1.1.1.3 christos if (size >= 8)
979 1.1.1.3 christos align = 3;
980 1.1.1.3 christos else if (size >= 4)
981 1.1.1.3 christos align = 2;
982 1.1.1.3 christos else if (size >= 2)
983 1.1.1.3 christos align = 1;
984 1.1.1.3 christos else
985 1.1.1.3 christos align = 0;
986 1.1.1.3 christos }
987 1.1 skrll
988 1.1.1.3 christos bss_alloc (symbolP, size, align);
989 1.1.1.3 christos S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
990 1.1 skrll
991 1.1.1.3 christos return symbolP;
992 1.1.1.3 christos }
993 1.1 skrll
994 1.1.1.3 christos static void
995 1.1.1.3 christos arc_lcomm (int ignore)
996 1.1 skrll {
997 1.1.1.3 christos symbolS *symbolP = s_comm_internal (ignore, arc_lcomm_internal);
998 1.1 skrll
999 1.1.1.3 christos if (symbolP)
1000 1.1.1.3 christos symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP)->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
1001 1.1.1.3 christos }
1002 1.1 skrll
1003 1.1.1.3 christos /* Select the cpu we're assembling for. */
1004 1.1 skrll
1005 1.1.1.3 christos static void
1006 1.1.1.3 christos arc_option (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1007 1.1.1.3 christos {
1008 1.1.1.3 christos char c;
1009 1.1.1.3 christos char *cpu;
1010 1.1.1.6 christos const char *cpu_name;
1011 1.1 skrll
1012 1.1.1.3 christos c = get_symbol_name (&cpu);
1013 1.1 skrll
1014 1.1.1.6 christos cpu_name = cpu;
1015 1.1.1.6 christos if ((!strcmp ("ARC600", cpu))
1016 1.1.1.6 christos || (!strcmp ("ARC601", cpu))
1017 1.1.1.6 christos || (!strcmp ("A6", cpu)))
1018 1.1.1.6 christos cpu_name = "arc600";
1019 1.1.1.6 christos else if ((!strcmp ("ARC700", cpu))
1020 1.1.1.6 christos || (!strcmp ("A7", cpu)))
1021 1.1.1.6 christos cpu_name = "arc700";
1022 1.1.1.6 christos else if (!strcmp ("EM", cpu))
1023 1.1.1.6 christos cpu_name = "arcem";
1024 1.1.1.6 christos else if (!strcmp ("HS", cpu))
1025 1.1.1.6 christos cpu_name = "archs";
1026 1.1.1.6 christos else if (!strcmp ("NPS400", cpu))
1027 1.1.1.6 christos cpu_name = "nps400";
1028 1.1 skrll
1029 1.1.1.6 christos arc_select_cpu (cpu_name, MACH_SELECTION_FROM_CPU_DIRECTIVE);
1030 1.1 skrll
1031 1.1.1.5 christos restore_line_pointer (c);
1032 1.1.1.3 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
1033 1.1.1.3 christos }
1034 1.1 skrll
1035 1.1.1.3 christos /* Smartly print an expression. */
1036 1.1 skrll
1037 1.1.1.3 christos static void
1038 1.1.1.3 christos debug_exp (expressionS *t)
1039 1.1.1.3 christos {
1040 1.1.1.3 christos const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
1041 1.1.1.3 christos const char *namemd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
1042 1.1 skrll
1043 1.1.1.3 christos pr_debug ("debug_exp: ");
1044 1.1 skrll
1045 1.1.1.3 christos switch (t->X_op)
1046 1.1 skrll {
1047 1.1.1.3 christos default: name = "unknown"; break;
1048 1.1.1.3 christos case O_illegal: name = "O_illegal"; break;
1049 1.1.1.3 christos case O_absent: name = "O_absent"; break;
1050 1.1.1.3 christos case O_constant: name = "O_constant"; break;
1051 1.1.1.3 christos case O_symbol: name = "O_symbol"; break;
1052 1.1.1.3 christos case O_symbol_rva: name = "O_symbol_rva"; break;
1053 1.1.1.3 christos case O_register: name = "O_register"; break;
1054 1.1.1.3 christos case O_big: name = "O_big"; break;
1055 1.1.1.3 christos case O_uminus: name = "O_uminus"; break;
1056 1.1.1.3 christos case O_bit_not: name = "O_bit_not"; break;
1057 1.1.1.3 christos case O_logical_not: name = "O_logical_not"; break;
1058 1.1.1.3 christos case O_multiply: name = "O_multiply"; break;
1059 1.1.1.3 christos case O_divide: name = "O_divide"; break;
1060 1.1.1.3 christos case O_modulus: name = "O_modulus"; break;
1061 1.1.1.3 christos case O_left_shift: name = "O_left_shift"; break;
1062 1.1.1.3 christos case O_right_shift: name = "O_right_shift"; break;
1063 1.1.1.3 christos case O_bit_inclusive_or: name = "O_bit_inclusive_or"; break;
1064 1.1.1.3 christos case O_bit_or_not: name = "O_bit_or_not"; break;
1065 1.1.1.3 christos case O_bit_exclusive_or: name = "O_bit_exclusive_or"; break;
1066 1.1.1.3 christos case O_bit_and: name = "O_bit_and"; break;
1067 1.1.1.3 christos case O_add: name = "O_add"; break;
1068 1.1.1.3 christos case O_subtract: name = "O_subtract"; break;
1069 1.1.1.3 christos case O_eq: name = "O_eq"; break;
1070 1.1.1.3 christos case O_ne: name = "O_ne"; break;
1071 1.1.1.3 christos case O_lt: name = "O_lt"; break;
1072 1.1.1.3 christos case O_le: name = "O_le"; break;
1073 1.1.1.3 christos case O_ge: name = "O_ge"; break;
1074 1.1.1.3 christos case O_gt: name = "O_gt"; break;
1075 1.1.1.3 christos case O_logical_and: name = "O_logical_and"; break;
1076 1.1.1.3 christos case O_logical_or: name = "O_logical_or"; break;
1077 1.1.1.3 christos case O_index: name = "O_index"; break;
1078 1.1.1.3 christos case O_bracket: name = "O_bracket"; break;
1079 1.1.1.6 christos case O_colon: name = "O_colon"; break;
1080 1.1.1.6 christos case O_addrtype: name = "O_addrtype"; break;
1081 1.1.1.3 christos }
1082 1.1.1.3 christos
1083 1.1.1.3 christos switch (t->X_md)
1084 1.1.1.3 christos {
1085 1.1.1.3 christos default: namemd = "unknown"; break;
1086 1.1.1.3 christos case O_gotoff: namemd = "O_gotoff"; break;
1087 1.1.1.3 christos case O_gotpc: namemd = "O_gotpc"; break;
1088 1.1.1.3 christos case O_plt: namemd = "O_plt"; break;
1089 1.1.1.3 christos case O_sda: namemd = "O_sda"; break;
1090 1.1.1.3 christos case O_pcl: namemd = "O_pcl"; break;
1091 1.1.1.3 christos case O_tlsgd: namemd = "O_tlsgd"; break;
1092 1.1.1.3 christos case O_tlsie: namemd = "O_tlsie"; break;
1093 1.1.1.3 christos case O_tpoff9: namemd = "O_tpoff9"; break;
1094 1.1.1.3 christos case O_tpoff: namemd = "O_tpoff"; break;
1095 1.1.1.3 christos case O_dtpoff9: namemd = "O_dtpoff9"; break;
1096 1.1.1.3 christos case O_dtpoff: namemd = "O_dtpoff"; break;
1097 1.1.1.3 christos }
1098 1.1.1.3 christos
1099 1.1.1.3 christos pr_debug ("%s (%s, %s, %d, %s)", name,
1100 1.1.1.3 christos (t->X_add_symbol) ? S_GET_NAME (t->X_add_symbol) : "--",
1101 1.1.1.3 christos (t->X_op_symbol) ? S_GET_NAME (t->X_op_symbol) : "--",
1102 1.1.1.3 christos (int) t->X_add_number,
1103 1.1.1.3 christos (t->X_md) ? namemd : "--");
1104 1.1.1.3 christos pr_debug ("\n");
1105 1.1.1.3 christos fflush (stderr);
1106 1.1.1.3 christos }
1107 1.1 skrll
1108 1.1.1.7 christos /* Helper for parsing an argument, used for sorting out the relocation
1109 1.1.1.7 christos type. */
1110 1.1.1.7 christos
1111 1.1.1.7 christos static void
1112 1.1.1.7 christos parse_reloc_symbol (expressionS *resultP)
1113 1.1.1.7 christos {
1114 1.1.1.7 christos char *reloc_name, c, *sym_name;
1115 1.1.1.7 christos size_t len;
1116 1.1.1.7 christos int i;
1117 1.1.1.7 christos const struct arc_reloc_op_tag *r;
1118 1.1.1.7 christos expressionS right;
1119 1.1.1.7 christos symbolS *base;
1120 1.1.1.7 christos
1121 1.1.1.7 christos /* A relocation operand has the following form
1122 1.1.1.7 christos @identifier@relocation_type. The identifier is already in
1123 1.1.1.7 christos tok! */
1124 1.1.1.7 christos if (resultP->X_op != O_symbol)
1125 1.1.1.7 christos {
1126 1.1.1.7 christos as_bad (_("No valid label relocation operand"));
1127 1.1.1.7 christos resultP->X_op = O_illegal;
1128 1.1.1.7 christos return;
1129 1.1.1.7 christos }
1130 1.1.1.7 christos
1131 1.1.1.7 christos /* Parse @relocation_type. */
1132 1.1.1.7 christos input_line_pointer++;
1133 1.1.1.7 christos c = get_symbol_name (&reloc_name);
1134 1.1.1.7 christos len = input_line_pointer - reloc_name;
1135 1.1.1.7 christos if (len == 0)
1136 1.1.1.7 christos {
1137 1.1.1.7 christos as_bad (_("No relocation operand"));
1138 1.1.1.7 christos resultP->X_op = O_illegal;
1139 1.1.1.7 christos return;
1140 1.1.1.7 christos }
1141 1.1.1.7 christos
1142 1.1.1.7 christos /* Go through known relocation and try to find a match. */
1143 1.1.1.7 christos r = &arc_reloc_op[0];
1144 1.1.1.7 christos for (i = arc_num_reloc_op - 1; i >= 0; i--, r++)
1145 1.1.1.7 christos if (len == r->length
1146 1.1.1.7 christos && memcmp (reloc_name, r->name, len) == 0)
1147 1.1.1.7 christos break;
1148 1.1.1.7 christos if (i < 0)
1149 1.1.1.7 christos {
1150 1.1.1.7 christos as_bad (_("Unknown relocation operand: @%s"), reloc_name);
1151 1.1.1.7 christos resultP->X_op = O_illegal;
1152 1.1.1.7 christos return;
1153 1.1.1.7 christos }
1154 1.1.1.7 christos
1155 1.1.1.10 christos restore_line_pointer (c);
1156 1.1.1.10 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
1157 1.1.1.7 christos /* Extra check for TLS: base. */
1158 1.1.1.7 christos if (*input_line_pointer == '@')
1159 1.1.1.7 christos {
1160 1.1.1.7 christos if (resultP->X_op_symbol != NULL
1161 1.1.1.7 christos || resultP->X_op != O_symbol)
1162 1.1.1.7 christos {
1163 1.1.1.7 christos as_bad (_("Unable to parse TLS base: %s"),
1164 1.1.1.7 christos input_line_pointer);
1165 1.1.1.7 christos resultP->X_op = O_illegal;
1166 1.1.1.7 christos return;
1167 1.1.1.7 christos }
1168 1.1.1.7 christos input_line_pointer++;
1169 1.1.1.7 christos c = get_symbol_name (&sym_name);
1170 1.1.1.7 christos base = symbol_find_or_make (sym_name);
1171 1.1.1.7 christos resultP->X_op = O_subtract;
1172 1.1.1.7 christos resultP->X_op_symbol = base;
1173 1.1.1.7 christos restore_line_pointer (c);
1174 1.1.1.7 christos right.X_add_number = 0;
1175 1.1.1.7 christos }
1176 1.1.1.7 christos
1177 1.1.1.7 christos if ((*input_line_pointer != '+')
1178 1.1.1.7 christos && (*input_line_pointer != '-'))
1179 1.1.1.7 christos right.X_add_number = 0;
1180 1.1.1.7 christos else
1181 1.1.1.7 christos {
1182 1.1.1.7 christos /* Parse the constant of a complex relocation expression
1183 1.1.1.7 christos like @identifier@reloc +/- const. */
1184 1.1.1.7 christos if (! r->complex_expr)
1185 1.1.1.7 christos {
1186 1.1.1.7 christos as_bad (_("@%s is not a complex relocation."), r->name);
1187 1.1.1.7 christos resultP->X_op = O_illegal;
1188 1.1.1.7 christos return;
1189 1.1.1.7 christos }
1190 1.1.1.7 christos expression (&right);
1191 1.1.1.7 christos if (right.X_op != O_constant)
1192 1.1.1.7 christos {
1193 1.1.1.7 christos as_bad (_("Bad expression: @%s + %s."),
1194 1.1.1.7 christos r->name, input_line_pointer);
1195 1.1.1.7 christos resultP->X_op = O_illegal;
1196 1.1.1.7 christos return;
1197 1.1.1.7 christos }
1198 1.1.1.7 christos }
1199 1.1.1.7 christos
1200 1.1.1.7 christos resultP->X_md = r->op;
1201 1.1.1.7 christos resultP->X_add_number = right.X_add_number;
1202 1.1.1.7 christos }
1203 1.1.1.7 christos
1204 1.1.1.3 christos /* Parse the arguments to an opcode. */
1205 1.1 skrll
1206 1.1.1.3 christos static int
1207 1.1.1.3 christos tokenize_arguments (char *str,
1208 1.1.1.3 christos expressionS *tok,
1209 1.1.1.3 christos int ntok)
1210 1.1.1.3 christos {
1211 1.1.1.3 christos char *old_input_line_pointer;
1212 1.1.1.8 christos bool saw_comma = false;
1213 1.1.1.8 christos bool saw_arg = false;
1214 1.1.1.3 christos int brk_lvl = 0;
1215 1.1.1.3 christos int num_args = 0;
1216 1.1.1.3 christos
1217 1.1.1.3 christos memset (tok, 0, sizeof (*tok) * ntok);
1218 1.1.1.3 christos
1219 1.1.1.3 christos /* Save and restore input_line_pointer around this function. */
1220 1.1.1.3 christos old_input_line_pointer = input_line_pointer;
1221 1.1.1.3 christos input_line_pointer = str;
1222 1.1 skrll
1223 1.1.1.3 christos while (*input_line_pointer)
1224 1.1 skrll {
1225 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
1226 1.1.1.3 christos switch (*input_line_pointer)
1227 1.1 skrll {
1228 1.1.1.3 christos case '\0':
1229 1.1.1.3 christos goto fini;
1230 1.1 skrll
1231 1.1.1.3 christos case ',':
1232 1.1.1.3 christos input_line_pointer++;
1233 1.1.1.3 christos if (saw_comma || !saw_arg)
1234 1.1.1.3 christos goto err;
1235 1.1.1.8 christos saw_comma = true;
1236 1.1.1.3 christos break;
1237 1.1 skrll
1238 1.1.1.3 christos case '}':
1239 1.1.1.3 christos case ']':
1240 1.1.1.3 christos ++input_line_pointer;
1241 1.1.1.3 christos --brk_lvl;
1242 1.1.1.5 christos if (!saw_arg || num_args == ntok)
1243 1.1.1.3 christos goto err;
1244 1.1.1.3 christos tok->X_op = O_bracket;
1245 1.1.1.3 christos ++tok;
1246 1.1.1.3 christos ++num_args;
1247 1.1.1.3 christos break;
1248 1.1.1.3 christos
1249 1.1.1.3 christos case '{':
1250 1.1.1.3 christos case '[':
1251 1.1.1.3 christos input_line_pointer++;
1252 1.1.1.5 christos if (brk_lvl || num_args == ntok)
1253 1.1.1.3 christos goto err;
1254 1.1.1.3 christos ++brk_lvl;
1255 1.1.1.3 christos tok->X_op = O_bracket;
1256 1.1.1.3 christos ++tok;
1257 1.1.1.3 christos ++num_args;
1258 1.1.1.3 christos break;
1259 1.1.1.3 christos
1260 1.1.1.6 christos case ':':
1261 1.1.1.6 christos input_line_pointer++;
1262 1.1.1.6 christos if (!saw_arg || num_args == ntok)
1263 1.1.1.6 christos goto err;
1264 1.1.1.6 christos tok->X_op = O_colon;
1265 1.1.1.8 christos saw_arg = false;
1266 1.1.1.6 christos ++tok;
1267 1.1.1.6 christos ++num_args;
1268 1.1.1.6 christos break;
1269 1.1.1.6 christos
1270 1.1.1.3 christos case '@':
1271 1.1.1.3 christos /* We have labels, function names and relocations, all
1272 1.1.1.3 christos starting with @ symbol. Sort them out. */
1273 1.1.1.5 christos if ((saw_arg && !saw_comma) || num_args == ntok)
1274 1.1.1.3 christos goto err;
1275 1.1.1.3 christos
1276 1.1.1.3 christos /* Parse @label. */
1277 1.1.1.7 christos input_line_pointer++;
1278 1.1.1.3 christos expression (tok);
1279 1.1.1.11 christos tok->X_md = O_absent;
1280 1.1.1.3 christos
1281 1.1.1.3 christos if (*input_line_pointer == '@')
1282 1.1.1.7 christos parse_reloc_symbol (tok);
1283 1.1 skrll
1284 1.1.1.3 christos debug_exp (tok);
1285 1.1 skrll
1286 1.1.1.7 christos if (tok->X_op == O_illegal
1287 1.1.1.7 christos || tok->X_op == O_absent
1288 1.1.1.7 christos || num_args == ntok)
1289 1.1.1.7 christos goto err;
1290 1.1.1.7 christos
1291 1.1.1.8 christos saw_comma = false;
1292 1.1.1.8 christos saw_arg = true;
1293 1.1.1.3 christos tok++;
1294 1.1.1.3 christos num_args++;
1295 1.1.1.3 christos break;
1296 1.1 skrll
1297 1.1.1.3 christos case '%':
1298 1.1.1.3 christos /* Can be a register. */
1299 1.1.1.3 christos ++input_line_pointer;
1300 1.1.1.3 christos /* Fall through. */
1301 1.1.1.3 christos default:
1302 1.1.1.3 christos
1303 1.1.1.5 christos if ((saw_arg && !saw_comma) || num_args == ntok)
1304 1.1.1.3 christos goto err;
1305 1.1.1.3 christos
1306 1.1.1.11 christos /* Tell arc_parse_name to do its job. */
1307 1.1.1.11 christos assembling_insn = true;
1308 1.1.1.3 christos expression (tok);
1309 1.1.1.11 christos assembling_insn = false;
1310 1.1.1.11 christos tok->X_md = O_absent;
1311 1.1.1.3 christos
1312 1.1.1.3 christos /* Legacy: There are cases when we have
1313 1.1.1.3 christos identifier@relocation_type, if it is the case parse the
1314 1.1.1.3 christos relocation type as well. */
1315 1.1.1.3 christos if (*input_line_pointer == '@')
1316 1.1.1.7 christos parse_reloc_symbol (tok);
1317 1.1.1.9 christos else
1318 1.1.1.9 christos resolve_register (tok);
1319 1.1.1.3 christos
1320 1.1.1.3 christos debug_exp (tok);
1321 1.1.1.3 christos
1322 1.1.1.5 christos if (tok->X_op == O_illegal
1323 1.1.1.5 christos || tok->X_op == O_absent
1324 1.1.1.5 christos || num_args == ntok)
1325 1.1.1.3 christos goto err;
1326 1.1.1.3 christos
1327 1.1.1.8 christos saw_comma = false;
1328 1.1.1.8 christos saw_arg = true;
1329 1.1.1.3 christos tok++;
1330 1.1.1.3 christos num_args++;
1331 1.1.1.3 christos break;
1332 1.1 skrll }
1333 1.1 skrll }
1334 1.1 skrll
1335 1.1.1.3 christos fini:
1336 1.1.1.3 christos if (saw_comma || brk_lvl)
1337 1.1.1.3 christos goto err;
1338 1.1.1.3 christos input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
1339 1.1.1.3 christos
1340 1.1.1.3 christos return num_args;
1341 1.1.1.3 christos
1342 1.1.1.3 christos err:
1343 1.1.1.3 christos if (brk_lvl)
1344 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad (_("Brackets in operand field incorrect"));
1345 1.1.1.3 christos else if (saw_comma)
1346 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad (_("extra comma"));
1347 1.1.1.3 christos else if (!saw_arg)
1348 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad (_("missing argument"));
1349 1.1.1.3 christos else
1350 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad (_("missing comma or colon"));
1351 1.1.1.3 christos input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
1352 1.1.1.3 christos return -1;
1353 1.1.1.3 christos }
1354 1.1 skrll
1355 1.1.1.3 christos /* Parse the flags to a structure. */
1356 1.1 skrll
1357 1.1.1.3 christos static int
1358 1.1.1.3 christos tokenize_flags (const char *str,
1359 1.1.1.3 christos struct arc_flags flags[],
1360 1.1.1.3 christos int nflg)
1361 1.1.1.3 christos {
1362 1.1.1.3 christos char *old_input_line_pointer;
1363 1.1.1.8 christos bool saw_flg = false;
1364 1.1.1.8 christos bool saw_dot = false;
1365 1.1.1.3 christos int num_flags = 0;
1366 1.1.1.3 christos size_t flgnamelen;
1367 1.1.1.3 christos
1368 1.1.1.3 christos memset (flags, 0, sizeof (*flags) * nflg);
1369 1.1.1.3 christos
1370 1.1.1.3 christos /* Save and restore input_line_pointer around this function. */
1371 1.1.1.3 christos old_input_line_pointer = input_line_pointer;
1372 1.1.1.3 christos input_line_pointer = (char *) str;
1373 1.1.1.3 christos
1374 1.1.1.3 christos while (*input_line_pointer)
1375 1.1.1.3 christos {
1376 1.1.1.3 christos switch (*input_line_pointer)
1377 1.1.1.3 christos {
1378 1.1.1.3 christos case '.':
1379 1.1.1.3 christos input_line_pointer++;
1380 1.1.1.3 christos if (saw_dot)
1381 1.1.1.3 christos goto err;
1382 1.1.1.8 christos saw_dot = true;
1383 1.1.1.8 christos saw_flg = false;
1384 1.1.1.3 christos break;
1385 1.1 skrll
1386 1.1.1.3 christos default:
1387 1.1.1.10 christos if (is_end_of_stmt (*input_line_pointer)
1388 1.1.1.10 christos || is_whitespace (*input_line_pointer))
1389 1.1.1.10 christos goto fini;
1390 1.1.1.10 christos
1391 1.1.1.3 christos if (saw_flg && !saw_dot)
1392 1.1.1.3 christos goto err;
1393 1.1 skrll
1394 1.1.1.3 christos if (num_flags >= nflg)
1395 1.1.1.3 christos goto err;
1396 1.1 skrll
1397 1.1.1.5 christos flgnamelen = strspn (input_line_pointer,
1398 1.1.1.5 christos "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789");
1399 1.1.1.5 christos if (flgnamelen > MAX_FLAG_NAME_LENGTH)
1400 1.1.1.3 christos goto err;
1401 1.1.1.3 christos
1402 1.1.1.3 christos memcpy (flags->name, input_line_pointer, flgnamelen);
1403 1.1.1.3 christos
1404 1.1.1.3 christos input_line_pointer += flgnamelen;
1405 1.1.1.3 christos flags++;
1406 1.1.1.8 christos saw_dot = false;
1407 1.1.1.8 christos saw_flg = true;
1408 1.1.1.3 christos num_flags++;
1409 1.1.1.3 christos break;
1410 1.1.1.3 christos }
1411 1.1 skrll }
1412 1.1 skrll
1413 1.1.1.3 christos fini:
1414 1.1.1.3 christos input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
1415 1.1.1.3 christos return num_flags;
1416 1.1.1.3 christos
1417 1.1.1.3 christos err:
1418 1.1.1.3 christos if (saw_dot)
1419 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad (_("extra dot"));
1420 1.1.1.3 christos else if (!saw_flg)
1421 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad (_("unrecognized flag"));
1422 1.1.1.3 christos else
1423 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad (_("failed to parse flags"));
1424 1.1.1.3 christos input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
1425 1.1.1.3 christos return -1;
1426 1.1 skrll }
1427 1.1 skrll
1428 1.1.1.5 christos /* Apply the fixups in order. */
1429 1.1.1.3 christos
1430 1.1.1.5 christos static void
1431 1.1.1.5 christos apply_fixups (struct arc_insn *insn, fragS *fragP, int fix)
1432 1.1 skrll {
1433 1.1.1.5 christos int i;
1434 1.1 skrll
1435 1.1.1.5 christos for (i = 0; i < insn->nfixups; i++)
1436 1.1 skrll {
1437 1.1.1.5 christos struct arc_fixup *fixup = &insn->fixups[i];
1438 1.1.1.5 christos int size, pcrel, offset = 0;
1439 1.1 skrll
1440 1.1.1.5 christos /* FIXME! the reloc size is wrong in the BFD file.
1441 1.1.1.5 christos When it is fixed please delete me. */
1442 1.1.1.6 christos size = ((insn->len == 2) && !fixup->islong) ? 2 : 4;
1443 1.1 skrll
1444 1.1.1.5 christos if (fixup->islong)
1445 1.1.1.6 christos offset = insn->len;
1446 1.1 skrll
1447 1.1.1.5 christos /* Some fixups are only used internally, thus no howto. */
1448 1.1.1.10 christos if (fixup->reloc == 0)
1449 1.1.1.5 christos as_fatal (_("Unhandled reloc type"));
1450 1.1 skrll
1451 1.1.1.5 christos if ((int) fixup->reloc < 0)
1452 1.1.1.5 christos {
1453 1.1.1.5 christos /* FIXME! the reloc size is wrong in the BFD file.
1454 1.1.1.5 christos When it is fixed please enable me.
1455 1.1.1.6 christos size = ((insn->len == 2 && !fixup->islong) ? 2 : 4; */
1456 1.1.1.5 christos pcrel = fixup->pcrel;
1457 1.1.1.5 christos }
1458 1.1.1.5 christos else
1459 1.1.1.5 christos {
1460 1.1.1.5 christos reloc_howto_type *reloc_howto =
1461 1.1.1.10 christos bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, fixup->reloc);
1462 1.1.1.5 christos gas_assert (reloc_howto);
1463 1.1 skrll
1464 1.1.1.5 christos /* FIXME! the reloc size is wrong in the BFD file.
1465 1.1.1.5 christos When it is fixed please enable me.
1466 1.1.1.5 christos size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc_howto); */
1467 1.1.1.5 christos pcrel = reloc_howto->pc_relative;
1468 1.1.1.5 christos }
1469 1.1 skrll
1470 1.1.1.5 christos pr_debug ("%s:%d: apply_fixups: new %s fixup (PCrel:%s) of size %d @ \
1471 1.1.1.5 christos offset %d + %d\n",
1472 1.1.1.5 christos fragP->fr_file, fragP->fr_line,
1473 1.1.1.5 christos (fixup->reloc < 0) ? "Internal" :
1474 1.1.1.5 christos bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixup->reloc),
1475 1.1.1.5 christos pcrel ? "Y" : "N",
1476 1.1.1.5 christos size, fix, offset);
1477 1.1.1.5 christos fix_new_exp (fragP, fix + offset,
1478 1.1.1.5 christos size, &fixup->exp, pcrel, fixup->reloc);
1479 1.1 skrll
1480 1.1.1.5 christos /* Check for ZOLs, and update symbol info if any. */
1481 1.1.1.5 christos if (LP_INSN (insn->insn))
1482 1.1 skrll {
1483 1.1.1.5 christos gas_assert (fixup->exp.X_add_symbol);
1484 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_SET_FLAG (fixup->exp.X_add_symbol, ARC_FLAG_ZOL);
1485 1.1 skrll }
1486 1.1 skrll }
1487 1.1.1.3 christos }
1488 1.1 skrll
1489 1.1.1.5 christos /* Actually output an instruction with its fixup. */
1490 1.1 skrll
1491 1.1.1.5 christos static void
1492 1.1.1.8 christos emit_insn0 (struct arc_insn *insn, char *where, bool relax)
1493 1.1.1.3 christos {
1494 1.1.1.5 christos char *f = where;
1495 1.1.1.6 christos size_t total_len;
1496 1.1 skrll
1497 1.1.1.6 christos pr_debug ("Emit insn : 0x%llx\n", insn->insn);
1498 1.1.1.8 christos pr_debug ("\tLength : %d\n", insn->len);
1499 1.1.1.5 christos pr_debug ("\tLong imm: 0x%lx\n", insn->limm);
1500 1.1 skrll
1501 1.1.1.5 christos /* Write out the instruction. */
1502 1.1.1.6 christos total_len = insn->len + (insn->has_limm ? 4 : 0);
1503 1.1.1.6 christos if (!relax)
1504 1.1.1.6 christos f = frag_more (total_len);
1505 1.1.1.6 christos
1506 1.1.1.6 christos md_number_to_chars_midend(f, insn->insn, insn->len);
1507 1.1.1.6 christos
1508 1.1.1.6 christos if (insn->has_limm)
1509 1.1.1.6 christos md_number_to_chars_midend (f + insn->len, insn->limm, 4);
1510 1.1.1.6 christos dwarf2_emit_insn (total_len);
1511 1.1 skrll
1512 1.1.1.5 christos if (!relax)
1513 1.1.1.5 christos apply_fixups (insn, frag_now, (f - frag_now->fr_literal));
1514 1.1.1.5 christos }
1515 1.1.1.3 christos
1516 1.1.1.5 christos static void
1517 1.1.1.5 christos emit_insn1 (struct arc_insn *insn)
1518 1.1.1.5 christos {
1519 1.1.1.5 christos /* How frag_var's args are currently configured:
1520 1.1.1.5 christos - rs_machine_dependent, to dictate it's a relaxation frag.
1521 1.1.1.5 christos - FRAG_MAX_GROWTH, maximum size of instruction
1522 1.1.1.5 christos - 0, variable size that might grow...unused by generic relaxation.
1523 1.1.1.5 christos - frag_now->fr_subtype, fr_subtype starting value, set previously.
1524 1.1.1.5 christos - s, opand expression.
1525 1.1.1.5 christos - 0, offset but it's unused.
1526 1.1.1.5 christos - 0, opcode but it's unused. */
1527 1.1.1.5 christos symbolS *s = make_expr_symbol (&insn->fixups[0].exp);
1528 1.1.1.5 christos frag_now->tc_frag_data.pcrel = insn->fixups[0].pcrel;
1529 1.1.1.5 christos
1530 1.1.1.5 christos if (frag_room () < FRAG_MAX_GROWTH)
1531 1.1.1.5 christos {
1532 1.1.1.5 christos /* Handle differently when frag literal memory is exhausted.
1533 1.1.1.5 christos This is used because when there's not enough memory left in
1534 1.1.1.5 christos the current frag, a new frag is created and the information
1535 1.1.1.5 christos we put into frag_now->tc_frag_data is disregarded. */
1536 1.1.1.5 christos
1537 1.1.1.5 christos struct arc_relax_type relax_info_copy;
1538 1.1.1.5 christos relax_substateT subtype = frag_now->fr_subtype;
1539 1.1.1.5 christos
1540 1.1.1.5 christos memcpy (&relax_info_copy, &frag_now->tc_frag_data,
1541 1.1.1.5 christos sizeof (struct arc_relax_type));
1542 1.1 skrll
1543 1.1.1.5 christos frag_wane (frag_now);
1544 1.1.1.5 christos frag_grow (FRAG_MAX_GROWTH);
1545 1.1 skrll
1546 1.1.1.5 christos memcpy (&frag_now->tc_frag_data, &relax_info_copy,
1547 1.1.1.5 christos sizeof (struct arc_relax_type));
1548 1.1.1.3 christos
1549 1.1.1.5 christos frag_var (rs_machine_dependent, FRAG_MAX_GROWTH, 0,
1550 1.1.1.5 christos subtype, s, 0, 0);
1551 1.1.1.5 christos }
1552 1.1.1.5 christos else
1553 1.1.1.5 christos frag_var (rs_machine_dependent, FRAG_MAX_GROWTH, 0,
1554 1.1.1.5 christos frag_now->fr_subtype, s, 0, 0);
1555 1.1 skrll }
1556 1.1 skrll
1557 1.1.1.5 christos static void
1558 1.1.1.5 christos emit_insn (struct arc_insn *insn)
1559 1.1 skrll {
1560 1.1.1.5 christos if (insn->relax)
1561 1.1.1.5 christos emit_insn1 (insn);
1562 1.1 skrll else
1563 1.1.1.8 christos emit_insn0 (insn, NULL, false);
1564 1.1 skrll }
1565 1.1 skrll
1566 1.1.1.5 christos /* Check whether a symbol involves a register. */
1567 1.1 skrll
1568 1.1.1.8 christos static bool
1569 1.1.1.5 christos contains_register (symbolS *sym)
1570 1.1 skrll {
1571 1.1.1.5 christos if (sym)
1572 1.1.1.5 christos {
1573 1.1.1.5 christos expressionS *ex = symbol_get_value_expression (sym);
1574 1.1.1.5 christos
1575 1.1.1.5 christos return ((O_register == ex->X_op)
1576 1.1.1.5 christos && !contains_register (ex->X_add_symbol)
1577 1.1.1.5 christos && !contains_register (ex->X_op_symbol));
1578 1.1.1.5 christos }
1579 1.1 skrll
1580 1.1.1.8 christos return false;
1581 1.1 skrll }
1582 1.1 skrll
1583 1.1.1.5 christos /* Returns the register number within a symbol. */
1584 1.1 skrll
1585 1.1.1.5 christos static int
1586 1.1.1.5 christos get_register (symbolS *sym)
1587 1.1 skrll {
1588 1.1.1.5 christos if (!contains_register (sym))
1589 1.1.1.5 christos return -1;
1590 1.1 skrll
1591 1.1.1.5 christos expressionS *ex = symbol_get_value_expression (sym);
1592 1.1.1.5 christos return regno (ex->X_add_number);
1593 1.1.1.5 christos }
1594 1.1 skrll
1595 1.1.1.5 christos /* Return true if a RELOC is generic. A generic reloc is PC-rel of a
1596 1.1.1.11 christos simple ME relocation (e.g. RELOC_ARC_32_ME, BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL. */
1597 1.1 skrll
1598 1.1.1.8 christos static bool
1599 1.1.1.5 christos generic_reloc_p (extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc)
1600 1.1.1.5 christos {
1601 1.1.1.5 christos if (!reloc)
1602 1.1.1.8 christos return false;
1603 1.1 skrll
1604 1.1.1.5 christos switch (reloc)
1605 1.1 skrll {
1606 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_SDA_LDST:
1607 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_SDA_LDST1:
1608 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_SDA_LDST2:
1609 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_SDA16_LD:
1610 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_SDA16_LD1:
1611 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_SDA16_LD2:
1612 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_SDA16_ST2:
1613 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_SDA32_ME:
1614 1.1.1.8 christos return false;
1615 1.1.1.5 christos default:
1616 1.1.1.8 christos return true;
1617 1.1 skrll }
1618 1.1 skrll }
1619 1.1 skrll
1620 1.1.1.5 christos /* Allocates a tok entry. */
1621 1.1 skrll
1622 1.1.1.5 christos static int
1623 1.1.1.5 christos allocate_tok (expressionS *tok, int ntok, int cidx)
1624 1.1 skrll {
1625 1.1.1.5 christos if (ntok > MAX_INSN_ARGS - 2)
1626 1.1.1.5 christos return 0; /* No space left. */
1627 1.1 skrll
1628 1.1.1.5 christos if (cidx > ntok)
1629 1.1.1.6 christos return 0; /* Incorrect args. */
1630 1.1.1.5 christos
1631 1.1.1.5 christos memcpy (&tok[ntok+1], &tok[ntok], sizeof (*tok));
1632 1.1.1.5 christos
1633 1.1.1.5 christos if (cidx == ntok)
1634 1.1.1.5 christos return 1; /* Success. */
1635 1.1.1.5 christos return allocate_tok (tok, ntok - 1, cidx);
1636 1.1 skrll }
1637 1.1 skrll
1638 1.1.1.5 christos /* Check if an particular ARC feature is enabled. */
1639 1.1 skrll
1640 1.1.1.8 christos static bool
1641 1.1.1.5 christos check_cpu_feature (insn_subclass_t sc)
1642 1.1.1.3 christos {
1643 1.1.1.6 christos if (is_code_density_p (sc) && !(selected_cpu.features & CD))
1644 1.1.1.8 christos return false;
1645 1.1.1.3 christos
1646 1.1.1.6 christos if (is_spfp_p (sc) && !(selected_cpu.features & SPX))
1647 1.1.1.8 christos return false;
1648 1.1.1.3 christos
1649 1.1.1.6 christos if (is_dpfp_p (sc) && !(selected_cpu.features & DPX))
1650 1.1.1.8 christos return false;
1651 1.1.1.3 christos
1652 1.1.1.6 christos if (is_fpuda_p (sc) && !(selected_cpu.features & DPA))
1653 1.1.1.8 christos return false;
1654 1.1.1.3 christos
1655 1.1.1.6 christos if (is_nps400_p (sc) && !(selected_cpu.features & NPS400))
1656 1.1.1.8 christos return false;
1657 1.1.1.3 christos
1658 1.1.1.8 christos return true;
1659 1.1.1.5 christos }
1660 1.1.1.5 christos
1661 1.1.1.5 christos /* Parse the flags described by FIRST_PFLAG and NFLGS against the flag
1662 1.1.1.5 christos operands in OPCODE. Stores the matching OPCODES into the FIRST_PFLAG
1663 1.1.1.5 christos array and returns TRUE if the flag operands all match, otherwise,
1664 1.1.1.5 christos returns FALSE, in which case the FIRST_PFLAG array may have been
1665 1.1.1.5 christos modified. */
1666 1.1.1.5 christos
1667 1.1.1.8 christos static bool
1668 1.1.1.5 christos parse_opcode_flags (const struct arc_opcode *opcode,
1669 1.1.1.5 christos int nflgs,
1670 1.1.1.5 christos struct arc_flags *first_pflag)
1671 1.1.1.5 christos {
1672 1.1.1.5 christos int lnflg, i;
1673 1.1.1.5 christos const unsigned char *flgidx;
1674 1.1.1.5 christos
1675 1.1.1.5 christos lnflg = nflgs;
1676 1.1.1.5 christos for (i = 0; i < nflgs; i++)
1677 1.1.1.5 christos first_pflag[i].flgp = NULL;
1678 1.1.1.5 christos
1679 1.1.1.5 christos /* Check the flags. Iterate over the valid flag classes. */
1680 1.1.1.5 christos for (flgidx = opcode->flags; *flgidx; ++flgidx)
1681 1.1.1.5 christos {
1682 1.1.1.5 christos /* Get a valid flag class. */
1683 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_flag_class *cl_flags = &arc_flag_classes[*flgidx];
1684 1.1.1.5 christos const unsigned *flgopridx;
1685 1.1.1.5 christos int cl_matches = 0;
1686 1.1.1.5 christos struct arc_flags *pflag = NULL;
1687 1.1.1.5 christos
1688 1.1.1.6 christos /* Check if opcode has implicit flag classes. */
1689 1.1.1.6 christos if (cl_flags->flag_class & F_CLASS_IMPLICIT)
1690 1.1.1.6 christos continue;
1691 1.1.1.6 christos
1692 1.1.1.5 christos /* Check for extension conditional codes. */
1693 1.1.1.5 christos if (ext_condcode.arc_ext_condcode
1694 1.1.1.5 christos && cl_flags->flag_class & F_CLASS_EXTEND)
1695 1.1.1.5 christos {
1696 1.1.1.5 christos struct arc_flag_operand *pf = ext_condcode.arc_ext_condcode;
1697 1.1.1.5 christos while (pf->name)
1698 1.1.1.5 christos {
1699 1.1.1.5 christos pflag = first_pflag;
1700 1.1.1.5 christos for (i = 0; i < nflgs; i++, pflag++)
1701 1.1.1.5 christos {
1702 1.1.1.5 christos if (!strcmp (pf->name, pflag->name))
1703 1.1.1.5 christos {
1704 1.1.1.5 christos if (pflag->flgp != NULL)
1705 1.1.1.8 christos return false;
1706 1.1.1.5 christos /* Found it. */
1707 1.1.1.5 christos cl_matches++;
1708 1.1.1.5 christos pflag->flgp = pf;
1709 1.1.1.5 christos lnflg--;
1710 1.1.1.5 christos break;
1711 1.1.1.5 christos }
1712 1.1.1.5 christos }
1713 1.1.1.5 christos pf++;
1714 1.1.1.5 christos }
1715 1.1.1.5 christos }
1716 1.1.1.5 christos
1717 1.1.1.5 christos for (flgopridx = cl_flags->flags; *flgopridx; ++flgopridx)
1718 1.1.1.5 christos {
1719 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_flag_operand *flg_operand;
1720 1.1.1.5 christos
1721 1.1.1.5 christos pflag = first_pflag;
1722 1.1.1.5 christos flg_operand = &arc_flag_operands[*flgopridx];
1723 1.1.1.5 christos for (i = 0; i < nflgs; i++, pflag++)
1724 1.1.1.5 christos {
1725 1.1.1.5 christos /* Match against the parsed flags. */
1726 1.1.1.5 christos if (!strcmp (flg_operand->name, pflag->name))
1727 1.1.1.5 christos {
1728 1.1.1.5 christos if (pflag->flgp != NULL)
1729 1.1.1.8 christos return false;
1730 1.1.1.5 christos cl_matches++;
1731 1.1.1.5 christos pflag->flgp = flg_operand;
1732 1.1.1.5 christos lnflg--;
1733 1.1.1.5 christos break; /* goto next flag class and parsed flag. */
1734 1.1.1.5 christos }
1735 1.1.1.5 christos }
1736 1.1.1.5 christos }
1737 1.1.1.5 christos
1738 1.1.1.5 christos if ((cl_flags->flag_class & F_CLASS_REQUIRED) && cl_matches == 0)
1739 1.1.1.8 christos return false;
1740 1.1.1.5 christos if ((cl_flags->flag_class & F_CLASS_OPTIONAL) && cl_matches > 1)
1741 1.1.1.8 christos return false;
1742 1.1 skrll }
1743 1.1.1.3 christos
1744 1.1.1.5 christos /* Did I check all the parsed flags? */
1745 1.1.1.8 christos return lnflg == 0;
1746 1.1.1.5 christos }
1747 1.1.1.5 christos
1748 1.1.1.5 christos
1749 1.1.1.5 christos /* Search forward through all variants of an opcode looking for a
1750 1.1.1.5 christos syntax match. */
1751 1.1.1.5 christos
1752 1.1.1.5 christos static const struct arc_opcode *
1753 1.1.1.5 christos find_opcode_match (const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *entry,
1754 1.1.1.5 christos expressionS *tok,
1755 1.1.1.5 christos int *pntok,
1756 1.1.1.5 christos struct arc_flags *first_pflag,
1757 1.1.1.5 christos int nflgs,
1758 1.1.1.6 christos int *pcpumatch,
1759 1.1.1.6 christos const char **errmsg)
1760 1.1.1.5 christos {
1761 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_opcode *opcode;
1762 1.1.1.5 christos struct arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator iter;
1763 1.1.1.5 christos int ntok = *pntok;
1764 1.1.1.5 christos int got_cpu_match = 0;
1765 1.1.1.5 christos expressionS bktok[MAX_INSN_ARGS];
1766 1.1.1.8 christos int bkntok, maxerridx = 0;
1767 1.1.1.5 christos expressionS emptyE;
1768 1.1.1.8 christos const char *tmpmsg = NULL;
1769 1.1.1.5 christos
1770 1.1.1.5 christos arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator_init (&iter);
1771 1.1.1.5 christos memset (&emptyE, 0, sizeof (emptyE));
1772 1.1.1.5 christos memcpy (bktok, tok, MAX_INSN_ARGS * sizeof (*tok));
1773 1.1.1.5 christos bkntok = ntok;
1774 1.1.1.5 christos
1775 1.1.1.5 christos for (opcode = arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator_next (entry, &iter);
1776 1.1.1.5 christos opcode != NULL;
1777 1.1.1.5 christos opcode = arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator_next (entry, &iter))
1778 1.1 skrll {
1779 1.1.1.5 christos const unsigned char *opidx;
1780 1.1.1.5 christos int tokidx = 0;
1781 1.1.1.5 christos const expressionS *t = &emptyE;
1782 1.1.1.5 christos
1783 1.1.1.6 christos pr_debug ("%s:%d: find_opcode_match: trying opcode 0x%08llX ",
1784 1.1.1.5 christos frag_now->fr_file, frag_now->fr_line, opcode->opcode);
1785 1.1.1.5 christos
1786 1.1.1.5 christos /* Don't match opcodes that don't exist on this
1787 1.1.1.5 christos architecture. */
1788 1.1.1.6 christos if (!(opcode->cpu & selected_cpu.flags))
1789 1.1.1.5 christos goto match_failed;
1790 1.1.1.5 christos
1791 1.1.1.5 christos if (!check_cpu_feature (opcode->subclass))
1792 1.1.1.5 christos goto match_failed;
1793 1.1.1.5 christos
1794 1.1.1.5 christos got_cpu_match = 1;
1795 1.1.1.5 christos pr_debug ("cpu ");
1796 1.1.1.5 christos
1797 1.1.1.5 christos /* Check the operands. */
1798 1.1.1.5 christos for (opidx = opcode->operands; *opidx; ++opidx)
1799 1.1.1.3 christos {
1800 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_operand *operand = &arc_operands[*opidx];
1801 1.1.1.5 christos
1802 1.1.1.5 christos /* Only take input from real operands. */
1803 1.1.1.6 christos if (ARC_OPERAND_IS_FAKE (operand))
1804 1.1.1.5 christos continue;
1805 1.1.1.5 christos
1806 1.1.1.5 christos /* When we expect input, make sure we have it. */
1807 1.1.1.5 christos if (tokidx >= ntok)
1808 1.1.1.5 christos goto match_failed;
1809 1.1.1.5 christos
1810 1.1.1.5 christos /* Match operand type with expression type. */
1811 1.1.1.5 christos switch (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_TYPECHECK_MASK)
1812 1.1.1.5 christos {
1813 1.1.1.6 christos case ARC_OPERAND_ADDRTYPE:
1814 1.1.1.6 christos {
1815 1.1.1.8 christos tmpmsg = NULL;
1816 1.1.1.6 christos
1817 1.1.1.6 christos /* Check to be an address type. */
1818 1.1.1.6 christos if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_addrtype)
1819 1.1.1.6 christos goto match_failed;
1820 1.1.1.6 christos
1821 1.1.1.6 christos /* All address type operands need to have an insert
1822 1.1.1.6 christos method in order to check that we have the correct
1823 1.1.1.6 christos address type. */
1824 1.1.1.6 christos gas_assert (operand->insert != NULL);
1825 1.1.1.6 christos (*operand->insert) (0, tok[tokidx].X_add_number,
1826 1.1.1.8 christos &tmpmsg);
1827 1.1.1.8 christos if (tmpmsg != NULL)
1828 1.1.1.6 christos goto match_failed;
1829 1.1.1.6 christos }
1830 1.1.1.6 christos break;
1831 1.1.1.6 christos
1832 1.1.1.5 christos case ARC_OPERAND_IR:
1833 1.1.1.5 christos /* Check to be a register. */
1834 1.1.1.5 christos if ((tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
1835 1.1.1.5 christos || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
1836 1.1.1.5 christos && !(operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_IGNORE))
1837 1.1.1.5 christos goto match_failed;
1838 1.1.1.5 christos
1839 1.1.1.5 christos /* If expect duplicate, make sure it is duplicate. */
1840 1.1.1.5 christos if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_DUPLICATE)
1841 1.1.1.5 christos {
1842 1.1.1.5 christos /* Check for duplicate. */
1843 1.1.1.5 christos if (t->X_op != O_register
1844 1.1.1.5 christos || !is_ir_num (t->X_add_number)
1845 1.1.1.5 christos || (regno (t->X_add_number) !=
1846 1.1.1.5 christos regno (tok[tokidx].X_add_number)))
1847 1.1.1.5 christos goto match_failed;
1848 1.1.1.5 christos }
1849 1.1.1.5 christos
1850 1.1.1.5 christos /* Special handling? */
1851 1.1.1.5 christos if (operand->insert)
1852 1.1.1.5 christos {
1853 1.1.1.8 christos tmpmsg = NULL;
1854 1.1.1.5 christos (*operand->insert)(0,
1855 1.1.1.5 christos regno (tok[tokidx].X_add_number),
1856 1.1.1.8 christos &tmpmsg);
1857 1.1.1.8 christos if (tmpmsg)
1858 1.1.1.5 christos {
1859 1.1.1.5 christos if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_IGNORE)
1860 1.1.1.5 christos {
1861 1.1.1.5 christos /* Missing argument, create one. */
1862 1.1.1.5 christos if (!allocate_tok (tok, ntok - 1, tokidx))
1863 1.1.1.5 christos goto match_failed;
1864 1.1.1.5 christos
1865 1.1.1.5 christos tok[tokidx].X_op = O_absent;
1866 1.1.1.5 christos ++ntok;
1867 1.1.1.5 christos }
1868 1.1.1.5 christos else
1869 1.1.1.5 christos goto match_failed;
1870 1.1.1.5 christos }
1871 1.1.1.5 christos }
1872 1.1.1.5 christos
1873 1.1.1.5 christos t = &tok[tokidx];
1874 1.1.1.5 christos break;
1875 1.1.1.5 christos
1876 1.1.1.5 christos case ARC_OPERAND_BRAKET:
1877 1.1.1.5 christos /* Check if bracket is also in opcode table as
1878 1.1.1.5 christos operand. */
1879 1.1.1.5 christos if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_bracket)
1880 1.1.1.5 christos goto match_failed;
1881 1.1.1.5 christos break;
1882 1.1.1.5 christos
1883 1.1.1.6 christos case ARC_OPERAND_COLON:
1884 1.1.1.6 christos /* Check if colon is also in opcode table as operand. */
1885 1.1.1.6 christos if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_colon)
1886 1.1.1.6 christos goto match_failed;
1887 1.1.1.6 christos break;
1888 1.1.1.6 christos
1889 1.1.1.5 christos case ARC_OPERAND_LIMM:
1890 1.1.1.5 christos case ARC_OPERAND_SIGNED:
1891 1.1.1.5 christos case ARC_OPERAND_UNSIGNED:
1892 1.1.1.5 christos switch (tok[tokidx].X_op)
1893 1.1.1.5 christos {
1894 1.1.1.5 christos case O_illegal:
1895 1.1.1.5 christos case O_absent:
1896 1.1.1.5 christos case O_register:
1897 1.1.1.5 christos goto match_failed;
1898 1.1.1.5 christos
1899 1.1.1.5 christos case O_bracket:
1900 1.1.1.5 christos /* Got an (too) early bracket, check if it is an
1901 1.1.1.5 christos ignored operand. N.B. This procedure works only
1902 1.1.1.5 christos when bracket is the last operand! */
1903 1.1.1.5 christos if (!(operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_IGNORE))
1904 1.1.1.5 christos goto match_failed;
1905 1.1.1.5 christos /* Insert the missing operand. */
1906 1.1.1.5 christos if (!allocate_tok (tok, ntok - 1, tokidx))
1907 1.1.1.5 christos goto match_failed;
1908 1.1.1.5 christos
1909 1.1.1.5 christos tok[tokidx].X_op = O_absent;
1910 1.1.1.5 christos ++ntok;
1911 1.1.1.5 christos break;
1912 1.1.1.5 christos
1913 1.1.1.5 christos case O_symbol:
1914 1.1.1.5 christos {
1915 1.1.1.5 christos const char *p;
1916 1.1.1.7 christos char *tmpp, *pp;
1917 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_aux_reg *auxr;
1918 1.1.1.5 christos
1919 1.1.1.5 christos if (opcode->insn_class != AUXREG)
1920 1.1.1.5 christos goto de_fault;
1921 1.1.1.5 christos p = S_GET_NAME (tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol);
1922 1.1.1.5 christos
1923 1.1.1.7 christos /* For compatibility reasons, an aux register can
1924 1.1.1.7 christos be spelled with upper or lower case
1925 1.1.1.7 christos letters. */
1926 1.1.1.7 christos tmpp = strdup (p);
1927 1.1.1.7 christos for (pp = tmpp; *pp; ++pp) *pp = TOLOWER (*pp);
1928 1.1.1.7 christos
1929 1.1.1.8 christos auxr = str_hash_find (arc_aux_hash, tmpp);
1930 1.1.1.5 christos if (auxr)
1931 1.1.1.5 christos {
1932 1.1.1.5 christos /* We modify the token array here, safe in the
1933 1.1.1.5 christos knowledge, that if this was the wrong
1934 1.1.1.5 christos choice then the original contents will be
1935 1.1.1.5 christos restored from BKTOK. */
1936 1.1.1.5 christos tok[tokidx].X_op = O_constant;
1937 1.1.1.5 christos tok[tokidx].X_add_number = auxr->address;
1938 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_SET_FLAG (tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol, ARC_FLAG_AUX);
1939 1.1.1.5 christos }
1940 1.1.1.7 christos free (tmpp);
1941 1.1.1.5 christos
1942 1.1.1.5 christos if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_constant)
1943 1.1.1.5 christos goto de_fault;
1944 1.1.1.5 christos }
1945 1.1.1.6 christos /* Fall through. */
1946 1.1.1.5 christos case O_constant:
1947 1.1.1.5 christos /* Check the range. */
1948 1.1.1.5 christos if (operand->bits != 32
1949 1.1.1.5 christos && !(operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_NCHK))
1950 1.1.1.5 christos {
1951 1.1.1.5 christos offsetT min, max, val;
1952 1.1.1.5 christos val = tok[tokidx].X_add_number;
1953 1.1.1.5 christos
1954 1.1.1.5 christos if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_SIGNED)
1955 1.1.1.5 christos {
1956 1.1.1.5 christos max = (1 << (operand->bits - 1)) - 1;
1957 1.1.1.5 christos min = -(1 << (operand->bits - 1));
1958 1.1.1.5 christos }
1959 1.1.1.5 christos else
1960 1.1.1.5 christos {
1961 1.1.1.5 christos max = (1 << operand->bits) - 1;
1962 1.1.1.5 christos min = 0;
1963 1.1.1.5 christos }
1964 1.1.1.5 christos
1965 1.1.1.5 christos if (val < min || val > max)
1966 1.1.1.8 christos {
1967 1.1.1.8 christos tmpmsg = _("immediate is out of bounds");
1968 1.1.1.8 christos goto match_failed;
1969 1.1.1.8 christos }
1970 1.1.1.5 christos
1971 1.1.1.6 christos /* Check alignments. */
1972 1.1.1.5 christos if ((operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_ALIGNED32)
1973 1.1.1.5 christos && (val & 0x03))
1974 1.1.1.8 christos {
1975 1.1.1.8 christos tmpmsg = _("immediate is not 32bit aligned");
1976 1.1.1.8 christos goto match_failed;
1977 1.1.1.8 christos }
1978 1.1.1.5 christos
1979 1.1.1.5 christos if ((operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_ALIGNED16)
1980 1.1.1.5 christos && (val & 0x01))
1981 1.1.1.8 christos {
1982 1.1.1.8 christos tmpmsg = _("immediate is not 16bit aligned");
1983 1.1.1.8 christos goto match_failed;
1984 1.1.1.8 christos }
1985 1.1.1.5 christos }
1986 1.1.1.5 christos else if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_NCHK)
1987 1.1.1.5 christos {
1988 1.1.1.5 christos if (operand->insert)
1989 1.1.1.5 christos {
1990 1.1.1.8 christos tmpmsg = NULL;
1991 1.1.1.5 christos (*operand->insert)(0,
1992 1.1.1.5 christos tok[tokidx].X_add_number,
1993 1.1.1.8 christos &tmpmsg);
1994 1.1.1.8 christos if (tmpmsg)
1995 1.1.1.5 christos goto match_failed;
1996 1.1.1.5 christos }
1997 1.1.1.5 christos else if (!(operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_IGNORE))
1998 1.1.1.5 christos goto match_failed;
1999 1.1.1.5 christos }
2000 1.1.1.5 christos break;
2001 1.1.1.5 christos
2002 1.1.1.5 christos case O_subtract:
2003 1.1.1.5 christos /* Check if it is register range. */
2004 1.1.1.5 christos if ((tok[tokidx].X_add_number == 0)
2005 1.1.1.5 christos && contains_register (tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol)
2006 1.1.1.5 christos && contains_register (tok[tokidx].X_op_symbol))
2007 1.1.1.5 christos {
2008 1.1.1.5 christos int regs;
2009 1.1.1.5 christos
2010 1.1.1.5 christos regs = get_register (tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol);
2011 1.1.1.5 christos regs <<= 16;
2012 1.1.1.5 christos regs |= get_register (tok[tokidx].X_op_symbol);
2013 1.1.1.5 christos if (operand->insert)
2014 1.1.1.5 christos {
2015 1.1.1.8 christos tmpmsg = NULL;
2016 1.1.1.5 christos (*operand->insert)(0,
2017 1.1.1.5 christos regs,
2018 1.1.1.8 christos &tmpmsg);
2019 1.1.1.8 christos if (tmpmsg)
2020 1.1.1.5 christos goto match_failed;
2021 1.1.1.5 christos }
2022 1.1.1.5 christos else
2023 1.1.1.5 christos goto match_failed;
2024 1.1.1.5 christos break;
2025 1.1.1.5 christos }
2026 1.1.1.6 christos /* Fall through. */
2027 1.1.1.5 christos default:
2028 1.1.1.5 christos de_fault:
2029 1.1.1.5 christos if (operand->default_reloc == 0)
2030 1.1.1.5 christos goto match_failed; /* The operand needs relocation. */
2031 1.1.1.5 christos
2032 1.1.1.5 christos /* Relocs requiring long immediate. FIXME! make it
2033 1.1.1.5 christos generic and move it to a function. */
2034 1.1.1.5 christos switch (tok[tokidx].X_md)
2035 1.1.1.5 christos {
2036 1.1.1.5 christos case O_gotoff:
2037 1.1.1.5 christos case O_gotpc:
2038 1.1.1.5 christos case O_pcl:
2039 1.1.1.5 christos case O_tpoff:
2040 1.1.1.5 christos case O_dtpoff:
2041 1.1.1.5 christos case O_tlsgd:
2042 1.1.1.5 christos case O_tlsie:
2043 1.1.1.5 christos if (!(operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_LIMM))
2044 1.1.1.5 christos goto match_failed;
2045 1.1.1.6 christos /* Fall through. */
2046 1.1.1.5 christos case O_absent:
2047 1.1.1.5 christos if (!generic_reloc_p (operand->default_reloc))
2048 1.1.1.5 christos goto match_failed;
2049 1.1.1.6 christos break;
2050 1.1.1.5 christos default:
2051 1.1.1.5 christos break;
2052 1.1.1.5 christos }
2053 1.1.1.5 christos break;
2054 1.1.1.5 christos }
2055 1.1.1.5 christos /* If expect duplicate, make sure it is duplicate. */
2056 1.1.1.5 christos if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_DUPLICATE)
2057 1.1.1.5 christos {
2058 1.1.1.5 christos if (t->X_op == O_illegal
2059 1.1.1.5 christos || t->X_op == O_absent
2060 1.1.1.5 christos || t->X_op == O_register
2061 1.1.1.5 christos || (t->X_add_number != tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
2062 1.1.1.8 christos {
2063 1.1.1.8 christos tmpmsg = _("operand is not duplicate of the "
2064 1.1.1.8 christos "previous one");
2065 1.1.1.8 christos goto match_failed;
2066 1.1.1.8 christos }
2067 1.1.1.5 christos }
2068 1.1.1.5 christos t = &tok[tokidx];
2069 1.1.1.5 christos break;
2070 1.1.1.5 christos
2071 1.1.1.5 christos default:
2072 1.1.1.5 christos /* Everything else should have been fake. */
2073 1.1.1.5 christos abort ();
2074 1.1.1.5 christos }
2075 1.1.1.5 christos
2076 1.1.1.5 christos ++tokidx;
2077 1.1.1.3 christos }
2078 1.1.1.5 christos pr_debug ("opr ");
2079 1.1.1.5 christos
2080 1.1.1.5 christos /* Setup ready for flag parsing. */
2081 1.1.1.5 christos if (!parse_opcode_flags (opcode, nflgs, first_pflag))
2082 1.1.1.8 christos {
2083 1.1.1.8 christos tmpmsg = _("flag mismatch");
2084 1.1.1.8 christos goto match_failed;
2085 1.1.1.8 christos }
2086 1.1.1.5 christos
2087 1.1.1.5 christos pr_debug ("flg");
2088 1.1.1.5 christos /* Possible match -- did we use all of our input? */
2089 1.1.1.5 christos if (tokidx == ntok)
2090 1.1.1.3 christos {
2091 1.1.1.5 christos *pntok = ntok;
2092 1.1.1.5 christos pr_debug ("\n");
2093 1.1.1.5 christos return opcode;
2094 1.1.1.3 christos }
2095 1.1.1.8 christos tmpmsg = _("too many arguments");
2096 1.1.1.5 christos
2097 1.1.1.5 christos match_failed:;
2098 1.1.1.5 christos pr_debug ("\n");
2099 1.1.1.5 christos /* Restore the original parameters. */
2100 1.1.1.5 christos memcpy (tok, bktok, MAX_INSN_ARGS * sizeof (*tok));
2101 1.1.1.5 christos ntok = bkntok;
2102 1.1.1.8 christos if (tokidx >= maxerridx
2103 1.1.1.8 christos && tmpmsg)
2104 1.1.1.8 christos {
2105 1.1.1.8 christos maxerridx = tokidx;
2106 1.1.1.8 christos *errmsg = tmpmsg;
2107 1.1.1.8 christos }
2108 1.1 skrll }
2109 1.1 skrll
2110 1.1.1.5 christos if (*pcpumatch)
2111 1.1.1.5 christos *pcpumatch = got_cpu_match;
2112 1.1 skrll
2113 1.1.1.5 christos return NULL;
2114 1.1.1.5 christos }
2115 1.1.1.3 christos
2116 1.1.1.5 christos /* Swap operand tokens. */
2117 1.1 skrll
2118 1.1.1.5 christos static void
2119 1.1.1.5 christos swap_operand (expressionS *operand_array,
2120 1.1.1.5 christos unsigned source,
2121 1.1.1.5 christos unsigned destination)
2122 1.1.1.5 christos {
2123 1.1.1.5 christos expressionS cpy_operand;
2124 1.1.1.5 christos expressionS *src_operand;
2125 1.1.1.5 christos expressionS *dst_operand;
2126 1.1.1.5 christos size_t size;
2127 1.1.1.3 christos
2128 1.1.1.5 christos if (source == destination)
2129 1.1.1.5 christos return;
2130 1.1.1.3 christos
2131 1.1.1.5 christos src_operand = &operand_array[source];
2132 1.1.1.5 christos dst_operand = &operand_array[destination];
2133 1.1.1.5 christos size = sizeof (expressionS);
2134 1.1.1.5 christos
2135 1.1.1.5 christos /* Make copy of operand to swap with and swap. */
2136 1.1.1.5 christos memcpy (&cpy_operand, dst_operand, size);
2137 1.1.1.5 christos memcpy (dst_operand, src_operand, size);
2138 1.1.1.5 christos memcpy (src_operand, &cpy_operand, size);
2139 1.1.1.5 christos }
2140 1.1.1.5 christos
2141 1.1.1.5 christos /* Check if *op matches *tok type.
2142 1.1.1.5 christos Returns FALSE if they don't match, TRUE if they match. */
2143 1.1.1.5 christos
2144 1.1.1.8 christos static bool
2145 1.1.1.5 christos pseudo_operand_match (const expressionS *tok,
2146 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_operand_operation *op)
2147 1.1.1.5 christos {
2148 1.1.1.5 christos offsetT min, max, val;
2149 1.1.1.8 christos bool ret;
2150 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_operand *operand_real = &arc_operands[op->operand_idx];
2151 1.1.1.5 christos
2152 1.1.1.8 christos ret = false;
2153 1.1.1.5 christos switch (tok->X_op)
2154 1.1.1.3 christos {
2155 1.1.1.5 christos case O_constant:
2156 1.1.1.5 christos if (operand_real->bits == 32 && (operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_LIMM))
2157 1.1.1.5 christos ret = 1;
2158 1.1.1.5 christos else if (!(operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_IR))
2159 1.1.1.5 christos {
2160 1.1.1.5 christos val = tok->X_add_number + op->count;
2161 1.1.1.5 christos if (operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_SIGNED)
2162 1.1.1.5 christos {
2163 1.1.1.5 christos max = (1 << (operand_real->bits - 1)) - 1;
2164 1.1.1.5 christos min = -(1 << (operand_real->bits - 1));
2165 1.1.1.5 christos }
2166 1.1.1.5 christos else
2167 1.1.1.5 christos {
2168 1.1.1.5 christos max = (1 << operand_real->bits) - 1;
2169 1.1.1.5 christos min = 0;
2170 1.1.1.5 christos }
2171 1.1.1.5 christos if (min <= val && val <= max)
2172 1.1.1.8 christos ret = true;
2173 1.1.1.5 christos }
2174 1.1.1.5 christos break;
2175 1.1.1.5 christos
2176 1.1.1.5 christos case O_symbol:
2177 1.1.1.5 christos /* Handle all symbols as long immediates or signed 9. */
2178 1.1.1.6 christos if (operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_LIMM
2179 1.1.1.6 christos || ((operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_SIGNED)
2180 1.1.1.6 christos && operand_real->bits == 9))
2181 1.1.1.8 christos ret = true;
2182 1.1.1.3 christos break;
2183 1.1 skrll
2184 1.1.1.5 christos case O_register:
2185 1.1.1.5 christos if (operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_IR)
2186 1.1.1.8 christos ret = true;
2187 1.1.1.3 christos break;
2188 1.1.1.3 christos
2189 1.1.1.5 christos case O_bracket:
2190 1.1.1.5 christos if (operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_BRAKET)
2191 1.1.1.8 christos ret = true;
2192 1.1.1.3 christos break;
2193 1.1 skrll
2194 1.1.1.3 christos default:
2195 1.1.1.5 christos /* Unknown. */
2196 1.1.1.3 christos break;
2197 1.1.1.3 christos }
2198 1.1.1.5 christos return ret;
2199 1.1.1.5 christos }
2200 1.1 skrll
2201 1.1.1.5 christos /* Find pseudo instruction in array. */
2202 1.1.1.5 christos
2203 1.1.1.5 christos static const struct arc_pseudo_insn *
2204 1.1.1.5 christos find_pseudo_insn (const char *opname,
2205 1.1.1.5 christos int ntok,
2206 1.1.1.5 christos const expressionS *tok)
2207 1.1.1.5 christos {
2208 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_pseudo_insn *pseudo_insn = NULL;
2209 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_operand_operation *op;
2210 1.1.1.5 christos unsigned int i;
2211 1.1.1.5 christos int j;
2212 1.1.1.5 christos
2213 1.1.1.5 christos for (i = 0; i < arc_num_pseudo_insn; ++i)
2214 1.1 skrll {
2215 1.1.1.5 christos pseudo_insn = &arc_pseudo_insns[i];
2216 1.1.1.5 christos if (strcmp (pseudo_insn->mnemonic_p, opname) == 0)
2217 1.1.1.5 christos {
2218 1.1.1.5 christos op = pseudo_insn->operand;
2219 1.1.1.5 christos for (j = 0; j < ntok; ++j)
2220 1.1.1.5 christos if (!pseudo_operand_match (&tok[j], &op[j]))
2221 1.1.1.5 christos break;
2222 1.1.1.5 christos
2223 1.1.1.5 christos /* Found the right instruction. */
2224 1.1.1.5 christos if (j == ntok)
2225 1.1.1.5 christos return pseudo_insn;
2226 1.1.1.5 christos }
2227 1.1 skrll }
2228 1.1.1.5 christos return NULL;
2229 1.1.1.5 christos }
2230 1.1 skrll
2231 1.1.1.5 christos /* Assumes the expressionS *tok is of sufficient size. */
2232 1.1 skrll
2233 1.1.1.5 christos static const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *
2234 1.1.1.5 christos find_special_case_pseudo (const char *opname,
2235 1.1.1.5 christos int *ntok,
2236 1.1.1.5 christos expressionS *tok,
2237 1.1.1.5 christos int *nflgs,
2238 1.1.1.5 christos struct arc_flags *pflags)
2239 1.1.1.5 christos {
2240 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_pseudo_insn *pseudo_insn = NULL;
2241 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_operand_operation *operand_pseudo;
2242 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_operand *operand_real;
2243 1.1.1.5 christos unsigned i;
2244 1.1.1.5 christos char construct_operand[MAX_CONSTR_STR];
2245 1.1.1.3 christos
2246 1.1.1.5 christos /* Find whether opname is in pseudo instruction array. */
2247 1.1.1.5 christos pseudo_insn = find_pseudo_insn (opname, *ntok, tok);
2248 1.1 skrll
2249 1.1.1.5 christos if (pseudo_insn == NULL)
2250 1.1.1.5 christos return NULL;
2251 1.1 skrll
2252 1.1.1.5 christos /* Handle flag, Limited to one flag at the moment. */
2253 1.1.1.5 christos if (pseudo_insn->flag_r != NULL)
2254 1.1.1.5 christos *nflgs += tokenize_flags (pseudo_insn->flag_r, &pflags[*nflgs],
2255 1.1.1.5 christos MAX_INSN_FLGS - *nflgs);
2256 1.1 skrll
2257 1.1.1.5 christos /* Handle operand operations. */
2258 1.1.1.5 christos for (i = 0; i < pseudo_insn->operand_cnt; ++i)
2259 1.1.1.5 christos {
2260 1.1.1.5 christos operand_pseudo = &pseudo_insn->operand[i];
2261 1.1.1.5 christos operand_real = &arc_operands[operand_pseudo->operand_idx];
2262 1.1.1.3 christos
2263 1.1.1.6 christos if (operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_BRAKET
2264 1.1.1.6 christos && !operand_pseudo->needs_insert)
2265 1.1.1.5 christos continue;
2266 1.1.1.3 christos
2267 1.1.1.5 christos /* Has to be inserted (i.e. this token does not exist yet). */
2268 1.1.1.5 christos if (operand_pseudo->needs_insert)
2269 1.1.1.5 christos {
2270 1.1.1.5 christos if (operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_BRAKET)
2271 1.1.1.5 christos {
2272 1.1.1.5 christos tok[i].X_op = O_bracket;
2273 1.1.1.5 christos ++(*ntok);
2274 1.1.1.5 christos continue;
2275 1.1.1.5 christos }
2276 1.1.1.3 christos
2277 1.1.1.5 christos /* Check if operand is a register or constant and handle it
2278 1.1.1.5 christos by type. */
2279 1.1.1.5 christos if (operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_IR)
2280 1.1.1.5 christos snprintf (construct_operand, MAX_CONSTR_STR, "r%d",
2281 1.1.1.5 christos operand_pseudo->count);
2282 1.1.1.5 christos else
2283 1.1.1.5 christos snprintf (construct_operand, MAX_CONSTR_STR, "%d",
2284 1.1.1.5 christos operand_pseudo->count);
2285 1.1.1.3 christos
2286 1.1.1.5 christos tokenize_arguments (construct_operand, &tok[i], 1);
2287 1.1.1.5 christos ++(*ntok);
2288 1.1.1.5 christos }
2289 1.1 skrll
2290 1.1.1.5 christos else if (operand_pseudo->count)
2291 1.1.1.5 christos {
2292 1.1.1.5 christos /* Operand number has to be adjusted accordingly (by operand
2293 1.1.1.5 christos type). */
2294 1.1.1.5 christos switch (tok[i].X_op)
2295 1.1.1.5 christos {
2296 1.1.1.5 christos case O_constant:
2297 1.1.1.5 christos tok[i].X_add_number += operand_pseudo->count;
2298 1.1.1.5 christos break;
2299 1.1 skrll
2300 1.1.1.5 christos case O_symbol:
2301 1.1.1.5 christos break;
2302 1.1.1.3 christos
2303 1.1.1.5 christos default:
2304 1.1.1.5 christos /* Ignored. */
2305 1.1.1.5 christos break;
2306 1.1.1.5 christos }
2307 1.1.1.5 christos }
2308 1.1.1.3 christos }
2309 1.1.1.3 christos
2310 1.1.1.5 christos /* Swap operands if necessary. Only supports one swap at the
2311 1.1.1.5 christos moment. */
2312 1.1.1.5 christos for (i = 0; i < pseudo_insn->operand_cnt; ++i)
2313 1.1.1.3 christos {
2314 1.1.1.5 christos operand_pseudo = &pseudo_insn->operand[i];
2315 1.1.1.5 christos
2316 1.1.1.5 christos if (operand_pseudo->swap_operand_idx == i)
2317 1.1.1.5 christos continue;
2318 1.1.1.5 christos
2319 1.1.1.5 christos swap_operand (tok, i, operand_pseudo->swap_operand_idx);
2320 1.1.1.5 christos
2321 1.1.1.5 christos /* Prevent a swap back later by breaking out. */
2322 1.1.1.5 christos break;
2323 1.1 skrll }
2324 1.1.1.5 christos
2325 1.1.1.5 christos return arc_find_opcode (pseudo_insn->mnemonic_r);
2326 1.1.1.5 christos }
2327 1.1.1.5 christos
2328 1.1.1.5 christos static const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *
2329 1.1.1.5 christos find_special_case_flag (const char *opname,
2330 1.1.1.5 christos int *nflgs,
2331 1.1.1.5 christos struct arc_flags *pflags)
2332 1.1.1.5 christos {
2333 1.1.1.5 christos unsigned int i;
2334 1.1.1.5 christos const char *flagnm;
2335 1.1.1.5 christos unsigned flag_idx, flag_arr_idx;
2336 1.1.1.5 christos size_t flaglen, oplen;
2337 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_flag_special *arc_flag_special_opcode;
2338 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *entry;
2339 1.1.1.5 christos
2340 1.1.1.5 christos /* Search for special case instruction. */
2341 1.1.1.5 christos for (i = 0; i < arc_num_flag_special; i++)
2342 1.1 skrll {
2343 1.1.1.5 christos arc_flag_special_opcode = &arc_flag_special_cases[i];
2344 1.1.1.5 christos oplen = strlen (arc_flag_special_opcode->name);
2345 1.1.1.5 christos
2346 1.1.1.5 christos if (strncmp (opname, arc_flag_special_opcode->name, oplen) != 0)
2347 1.1.1.5 christos continue;
2348 1.1.1.5 christos
2349 1.1.1.5 christos /* Found a potential special case instruction, now test for
2350 1.1.1.5 christos flags. */
2351 1.1.1.5 christos for (flag_arr_idx = 0;; ++flag_arr_idx)
2352 1.1 skrll {
2353 1.1.1.5 christos flag_idx = arc_flag_special_opcode->flags[flag_arr_idx];
2354 1.1.1.5 christos if (flag_idx == 0)
2355 1.1.1.5 christos break; /* End of array, nothing found. */
2356 1.1.1.5 christos
2357 1.1.1.5 christos flagnm = arc_flag_operands[flag_idx].name;
2358 1.1.1.5 christos flaglen = strlen (flagnm);
2359 1.1.1.5 christos if (strcmp (opname + oplen, flagnm) == 0)
2360 1.1.1.5 christos {
2361 1.1.1.5 christos entry = arc_find_opcode (arc_flag_special_opcode->name);
2362 1.1.1.5 christos
2363 1.1.1.5 christos if (*nflgs + 1 > MAX_INSN_FLGS)
2364 1.1.1.5 christos break;
2365 1.1.1.5 christos memcpy (pflags[*nflgs].name, flagnm, flaglen);
2366 1.1.1.5 christos pflags[*nflgs].name[flaglen] = '\0';
2367 1.1.1.5 christos (*nflgs)++;
2368 1.1.1.5 christos return entry;
2369 1.1.1.5 christos }
2370 1.1 skrll }
2371 1.1 skrll }
2372 1.1.1.5 christos return NULL;
2373 1.1.1.5 christos }
2374 1.1 skrll
2375 1.1.1.5 christos /* Used to find special case opcode. */
2376 1.1 skrll
2377 1.1.1.5 christos static const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *
2378 1.1.1.5 christos find_special_case (const char *opname,
2379 1.1.1.5 christos int *nflgs,
2380 1.1.1.5 christos struct arc_flags *pflags,
2381 1.1.1.5 christos expressionS *tok,
2382 1.1.1.5 christos int *ntok)
2383 1.1 skrll {
2384 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *entry;
2385 1.1 skrll
2386 1.1.1.5 christos entry = find_special_case_pseudo (opname, ntok, tok, nflgs, pflags);
2387 1.1.1.3 christos
2388 1.1.1.5 christos if (entry == NULL)
2389 1.1.1.5 christos entry = find_special_case_flag (opname, nflgs, pflags);
2390 1.1.1.3 christos
2391 1.1.1.5 christos return entry;
2392 1.1.1.5 christos }
2393 1.1.1.3 christos
2394 1.1.1.6 christos /* Autodetect cpu attribute list. */
2395 1.1.1.6 christos
2396 1.1.1.6 christos static void
2397 1.1.1.6 christos autodetect_attributes (const struct arc_opcode *opcode,
2398 1.1.1.6 christos const expressionS *tok,
2399 1.1.1.6 christos int ntok)
2400 1.1.1.6 christos {
2401 1.1.1.6 christos unsigned i;
2402 1.1.1.6 christos struct mpy_type
2403 1.1.1.6 christos {
2404 1.1.1.6 christos unsigned feature;
2405 1.1.1.6 christos unsigned encoding;
2406 1.1.1.6 christos } mpy_list[] = {{ MPY1E, 1 }, { MPY6E, 6 }, { MPY7E, 7 }, { MPY8E, 8 },
2407 1.1.1.6 christos { MPY9E, 9 }};
2408 1.1.1.6 christos
2409 1.1.1.6 christos for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (feature_list); i++)
2410 1.1.1.6 christos if (opcode->subclass == feature_list[i].feature)
2411 1.1.1.6 christos selected_cpu.features |= feature_list[i].feature;
2412 1.1.1.6 christos
2413 1.1.1.6 christos for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mpy_list); i++)
2414 1.1.1.6 christos if (opcode->subclass == mpy_list[i].feature)
2415 1.1.1.6 christos mpy_option = mpy_list[i].encoding;
2416 1.1.1.6 christos
2417 1.1.1.6 christos for (i = 0; i < (unsigned) ntok; i++)
2418 1.1.1.6 christos {
2419 1.1.1.6 christos switch (tok[i].X_md)
2420 1.1.1.6 christos {
2421 1.1.1.6 christos case O_gotoff:
2422 1.1.1.6 christos case O_gotpc:
2423 1.1.1.6 christos case O_plt:
2424 1.1.1.6 christos pic_option = 2;
2425 1.1.1.6 christos break;
2426 1.1.1.6 christos case O_sda:
2427 1.1.1.6 christos sda_option = 2;
2428 1.1.1.6 christos break;
2429 1.1.1.6 christos case O_tlsgd:
2430 1.1.1.6 christos case O_tlsie:
2431 1.1.1.6 christos case O_tpoff9:
2432 1.1.1.6 christos case O_tpoff:
2433 1.1.1.6 christos case O_dtpoff9:
2434 1.1.1.6 christos case O_dtpoff:
2435 1.1.1.6 christos tls_option = 1;
2436 1.1.1.6 christos break;
2437 1.1.1.6 christos default:
2438 1.1.1.6 christos break;
2439 1.1.1.6 christos }
2440 1.1.1.7 christos
2441 1.1.1.7 christos switch (tok[i].X_op)
2442 1.1.1.7 christos {
2443 1.1.1.7 christos case O_register:
2444 1.1.1.7 christos if ((tok[i].X_add_number >= 4 && tok[i].X_add_number <= 9)
2445 1.1.1.7 christos || (tok[i].X_add_number >= 16 && tok[i].X_add_number <= 25))
2446 1.1.1.8 christos rf16_only = false;
2447 1.1.1.7 christos break;
2448 1.1.1.7 christos default:
2449 1.1.1.7 christos break;
2450 1.1.1.7 christos }
2451 1.1.1.6 christos }
2452 1.1.1.6 christos }
2453 1.1.1.6 christos
2454 1.1.1.5 christos /* Given an opcode name, pre-tockenized set of argumenst and the
2455 1.1.1.5 christos opcode flags, take it all the way through emission. */
2456 1.1 skrll
2457 1.1.1.5 christos static void
2458 1.1.1.5 christos assemble_tokens (const char *opname,
2459 1.1.1.5 christos expressionS *tok,
2460 1.1.1.5 christos int ntok,
2461 1.1.1.5 christos struct arc_flags *pflags,
2462 1.1.1.5 christos int nflgs)
2463 1.1.1.5 christos {
2464 1.1.1.8 christos bool found_something = false;
2465 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *entry;
2466 1.1.1.5 christos int cpumatch = 1;
2467 1.1.1.6 christos const char *errmsg = NULL;
2468 1.1 skrll
2469 1.1.1.5 christos /* Search opcodes. */
2470 1.1.1.5 christos entry = arc_find_opcode (opname);
2471 1.1 skrll
2472 1.1.1.5 christos /* Couldn't find opcode conventional way, try special cases. */
2473 1.1.1.5 christos if (entry == NULL)
2474 1.1.1.5 christos entry = find_special_case (opname, &nflgs, pflags, tok, &ntok);
2475 1.1.1.5 christos
2476 1.1.1.5 christos if (entry != NULL)
2477 1.1.1.3 christos {
2478 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_opcode *opcode;
2479 1.1.1.5 christos
2480 1.1.1.5 christos pr_debug ("%s:%d: assemble_tokens: %s\n",
2481 1.1.1.5 christos frag_now->fr_file, frag_now->fr_line, opname);
2482 1.1.1.8 christos found_something = true;
2483 1.1.1.5 christos opcode = find_opcode_match (entry, tok, &ntok, pflags,
2484 1.1.1.6 christos nflgs, &cpumatch, &errmsg);
2485 1.1.1.5 christos if (opcode != NULL)
2486 1.1.1.3 christos {
2487 1.1.1.5 christos struct arc_insn insn;
2488 1.1.1.5 christos
2489 1.1.1.6 christos autodetect_attributes (opcode, tok, ntok);
2490 1.1.1.5 christos assemble_insn (opcode, tok, ntok, pflags, nflgs, &insn);
2491 1.1.1.5 christos emit_insn (&insn);
2492 1.1.1.5 christos return;
2493 1.1.1.3 christos }
2494 1.1.1.3 christos }
2495 1.1 skrll
2496 1.1.1.5 christos if (found_something)
2497 1.1.1.5 christos {
2498 1.1.1.5 christos if (cpumatch)
2499 1.1.1.6 christos if (errmsg)
2500 1.1.1.6 christos as_bad (_("%s for instruction '%s'"), errmsg, opname);
2501 1.1.1.6 christos else
2502 1.1.1.6 christos as_bad (_("inappropriate arguments for opcode '%s'"), opname);
2503 1.1.1.5 christos else
2504 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad (_("opcode '%s' not supported for target %s"), opname,
2505 1.1.1.6 christos selected_cpu.name);
2506 1.1.1.5 christos }
2507 1.1.1.5 christos else
2508 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad (_("unknown opcode '%s'"), opname);
2509 1.1 skrll }
2510 1.1 skrll
2511 1.1.1.5 christos /* The public interface to the instruction assembler. */
2512 1.1.1.3 christos
2513 1.1.1.3 christos void
2514 1.1.1.5 christos md_assemble (char *str)
2515 1.1 skrll {
2516 1.1.1.5 christos char *opname;
2517 1.1.1.5 christos expressionS tok[MAX_INSN_ARGS];
2518 1.1.1.5 christos int ntok, nflg;
2519 1.1.1.5 christos size_t opnamelen;
2520 1.1.1.5 christos struct arc_flags flags[MAX_INSN_FLGS];
2521 1.1.1.3 christos
2522 1.1.1.5 christos /* Split off the opcode. */
2523 1.1.1.9 christos opnamelen = strspn (str, "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz_0123456789");
2524 1.1.1.5 christos opname = xmemdup0 (str, opnamelen);
2525 1.1.1.3 christos
2526 1.1.1.5 christos /* Tokenize the flags. */
2527 1.1.1.5 christos if ((nflg = tokenize_flags (str + opnamelen, flags, MAX_INSN_FLGS)) == -1)
2528 1.1.1.5 christos {
2529 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad (_("syntax error"));
2530 1.1.1.5 christos return;
2531 1.1.1.3 christos }
2532 1.1.1.3 christos
2533 1.1.1.5 christos /* Scan up to the end of the mnemonic which must end in space or end
2534 1.1.1.5 christos of string. */
2535 1.1.1.5 christos str += opnamelen;
2536 1.1.1.10 christos for (; !is_end_of_stmt (*str); str++)
2537 1.1.1.10 christos if (is_whitespace (*str))
2538 1.1.1.5 christos break;
2539 1.1 skrll
2540 1.1.1.5 christos /* Tokenize the rest of the line. */
2541 1.1.1.5 christos if ((ntok = tokenize_arguments (str, tok, MAX_INSN_ARGS)) < 0)
2542 1.1.1.3 christos {
2543 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad (_("syntax error"));
2544 1.1.1.5 christos return;
2545 1.1.1.3 christos }
2546 1.1.1.5 christos
2547 1.1.1.5 christos /* Finish it off. */
2548 1.1.1.5 christos assemble_tokens (opname, tok, ntok, flags, nflg);
2549 1.1.1.3 christos }
2550 1.1 skrll
2551 1.1.1.5 christos /* Callback to insert a register into the hash table. */
2552 1.1.1.3 christos
2553 1.1.1.5 christos static void
2554 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register (const char *name, int number)
2555 1.1.1.3 christos {
2556 1.1.1.5 christos symbolS *regS = symbol_create (name, reg_section,
2557 1.1.1.8 christos &zero_address_frag, number);
2558 1.1.1.3 christos
2559 1.1.1.8 christos if (str_hash_insert (arc_reg_hash, S_GET_NAME (regS), regS, 0) != NULL)
2560 1.1.1.8 christos as_fatal (_("duplicate %s"), name);
2561 1.1.1.5 christos }
2562 1.1.1.3 christos
2563 1.1.1.5 christos /* Construct symbols for each of the general registers. */
2564 1.1.1.3 christos
2565 1.1.1.5 christos static void
2566 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register_set (void)
2567 1.1.1.5 christos {
2568 1.1.1.5 christos int i;
2569 1.1.1.5 christos for (i = 0; i < 64; ++i)
2570 1.1.1.3 christos {
2571 1.1.1.8 christos char name[32];
2572 1.1.1.5 christos
2573 1.1.1.5 christos sprintf (name, "r%d", i);
2574 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register (name, i);
2575 1.1.1.5 christos if ((i & 0x01) == 0)
2576 1.1.1.5 christos {
2577 1.1.1.5 christos sprintf (name, "r%dr%d", i, i+1);
2578 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register (name, i);
2579 1.1.1.5 christos }
2580 1.1.1.3 christos }
2581 1.1.1.3 christos }
2582 1.1.1.3 christos
2583 1.1.1.6 christos /* Construct a symbol for an address type. */
2584 1.1.1.6 christos
2585 1.1.1.6 christos static void
2586 1.1.1.6 christos declare_addrtype (const char *name, int number)
2587 1.1.1.6 christos {
2588 1.1.1.6 christos symbolS *addrtypeS = symbol_create (name, undefined_section,
2589 1.1.1.8 christos &zero_address_frag, number);
2590 1.1.1.6 christos
2591 1.1.1.8 christos if (str_hash_insert (arc_addrtype_hash, S_GET_NAME (addrtypeS), addrtypeS, 0))
2592 1.1.1.8 christos as_fatal (_("duplicate %s"), name);
2593 1.1.1.6 christos }
2594 1.1.1.6 christos
2595 1.1.1.5 christos /* Port-specific assembler initialization. This function is called
2596 1.1.1.5 christos once, at assembler startup time. */
2597 1.1.1.5 christos
2598 1.1.1.5 christos void
2599 1.1.1.5 christos md_begin (void)
2600 1.1.1.5 christos {
2601 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_opcode *opcode = arc_opcodes;
2602 1.1.1.5 christos
2603 1.1.1.6 christos if (mach_selection_mode == MACH_SELECTION_NONE)
2604 1.1.1.6 christos arc_select_cpu (TARGET_WITH_CPU, MACH_SELECTION_FROM_DEFAULT);
2605 1.1.1.3 christos
2606 1.1.1.5 christos /* The endianness can be chosen "at the factory". */
2607 1.1.1.5 christos target_big_endian = byte_order == BIG_ENDIAN;
2608 1.1.1.3 christos
2609 1.1.1.6 christos if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_arc, selected_cpu.mach))
2610 1.1.1.5 christos as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
2611 1.1.1.3 christos
2612 1.1.1.5 christos /* Set elf header flags. */
2613 1.1.1.6 christos bfd_set_private_flags (stdoutput, selected_cpu.eflags);
2614 1.1.1.3 christos
2615 1.1.1.5 christos /* Set up a hash table for the instructions. */
2616 1.1.1.9 christos arc_opcode_hash = htab_create_alloc (16, hash_string_tuple, eq_string_tuple,
2617 1.1.1.9 christos arc_opcode_free, xcalloc, free);
2618 1.1.1.3 christos
2619 1.1.1.5 christos /* Initialize the hash table with the insns. */
2620 1.1.1.5 christos do
2621 1.1.1.3 christos {
2622 1.1.1.5 christos const char *name = opcode->name;
2623 1.1.1.3 christos
2624 1.1.1.5 christos arc_insert_opcode (opcode);
2625 1.1.1.3 christos
2626 1.1.1.5 christos while (++opcode && opcode->name
2627 1.1.1.5 christos && (opcode->name == name
2628 1.1.1.5 christos || !strcmp (opcode->name, name)))
2629 1.1.1.5 christos continue;
2630 1.1.1.5 christos }while (opcode->name);
2631 1.1.1.3 christos
2632 1.1.1.5 christos /* Register declaration. */
2633 1.1.1.8 christos arc_reg_hash = str_htab_create ();
2634 1.1.1.3 christos
2635 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register_set ();
2636 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("gp", 26);
2637 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("fp", 27);
2638 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("sp", 28);
2639 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("ilink", 29);
2640 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("ilink1", 29);
2641 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("ilink2", 30);
2642 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("blink", 31);
2643 1.1 skrll
2644 1.1.1.5 christos /* XY memory registers. */
2645 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("x0_u0", 32);
2646 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("x0_u1", 33);
2647 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("x1_u0", 34);
2648 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("x1_u1", 35);
2649 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("x2_u0", 36);
2650 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("x2_u1", 37);
2651 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("x3_u0", 38);
2652 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("x3_u1", 39);
2653 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("y0_u0", 40);
2654 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("y0_u1", 41);
2655 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("y1_u0", 42);
2656 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("y1_u1", 43);
2657 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("y2_u0", 44);
2658 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("y2_u1", 45);
2659 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("y3_u0", 46);
2660 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("y3_u1", 47);
2661 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("x0_nu", 48);
2662 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("x1_nu", 49);
2663 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("x2_nu", 50);
2664 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("x3_nu", 51);
2665 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("y0_nu", 52);
2666 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("y1_nu", 53);
2667 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("y2_nu", 54);
2668 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("y3_nu", 55);
2669 1.1 skrll
2670 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("mlo", 57);
2671 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("mmid", 58);
2672 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("mhi", 59);
2673 1.1.1.3 christos
2674 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("acc1", 56);
2675 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("acc2", 57);
2676 1.1.1.3 christos
2677 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("lp_count", 60);
2678 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("pcl", 63);
2679 1.1 skrll
2680 1.1.1.5 christos /* Initialize the last instructions. */
2681 1.1.1.5 christos memset (&arc_last_insns[0], 0, sizeof (arc_last_insns));
2682 1.1 skrll
2683 1.1.1.5 christos /* Aux register declaration. */
2684 1.1.1.8 christos arc_aux_hash = str_htab_create ();
2685 1.1 skrll
2686 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_aux_reg *auxr = &arc_aux_regs[0];
2687 1.1.1.5 christos unsigned int i;
2688 1.1.1.5 christos for (i = 0; i < arc_num_aux_regs; i++, auxr++)
2689 1.1.1.5 christos {
2690 1.1.1.6 christos if (!(auxr->cpu & selected_cpu.flags))
2691 1.1.1.5 christos continue;
2692 1.1 skrll
2693 1.1.1.5 christos if ((auxr->subclass != NONE)
2694 1.1.1.5 christos && !check_cpu_feature (auxr->subclass))
2695 1.1.1.5 christos continue;
2696 1.1 skrll
2697 1.1.1.8 christos if (str_hash_insert (arc_aux_hash, auxr->name, auxr, 0) != 0)
2698 1.1.1.8 christos as_fatal (_("duplicate %s"), auxr->name);
2699 1.1.1.3 christos }
2700 1.1.1.6 christos
2701 1.1.1.6 christos /* Address type declaration. */
2702 1.1.1.8 christos arc_addrtype_hash = str_htab_create ();
2703 1.1.1.6 christos
2704 1.1.1.6 christos declare_addrtype ("bd", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_BD);
2705 1.1.1.6 christos declare_addrtype ("jid", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_JID);
2706 1.1.1.6 christos declare_addrtype ("lbd", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_LBD);
2707 1.1.1.6 christos declare_addrtype ("mbd", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_MBD);
2708 1.1.1.6 christos declare_addrtype ("sd", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_SD);
2709 1.1.1.6 christos declare_addrtype ("sm", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_SM);
2710 1.1.1.6 christos declare_addrtype ("xa", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_XA);
2711 1.1.1.6 christos declare_addrtype ("xd", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_XD);
2712 1.1.1.6 christos declare_addrtype ("cd", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_CD);
2713 1.1.1.6 christos declare_addrtype ("cbd", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_CBD);
2714 1.1.1.6 christos declare_addrtype ("cjid", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_CJID);
2715 1.1.1.6 christos declare_addrtype ("clbd", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_CLBD);
2716 1.1.1.6 christos declare_addrtype ("cm", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_CM);
2717 1.1.1.6 christos declare_addrtype ("csd", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_CSD);
2718 1.1.1.6 christos declare_addrtype ("cxa", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_CXA);
2719 1.1.1.6 christos declare_addrtype ("cxd", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_CXD);
2720 1.1.1.3 christos }
2721 1.1.1.3 christos
2722 1.1.1.9 christos void
2723 1.1.1.9 christos arc_md_end (void)
2724 1.1.1.9 christos {
2725 1.1.1.9 christos htab_delete (arc_opcode_hash);
2726 1.1.1.9 christos htab_delete (arc_reg_hash);
2727 1.1.1.9 christos htab_delete (arc_aux_hash);
2728 1.1.1.9 christos htab_delete (arc_addrtype_hash);
2729 1.1.1.9 christos }
2730 1.1.1.9 christos
2731 1.1.1.5 christos /* Write a value out to the object file, using the appropriate
2732 1.1.1.5 christos endianness. */
2733 1.1.1.5 christos
2734 1.1.1.3 christos void
2735 1.1.1.5 christos md_number_to_chars (char *buf,
2736 1.1.1.5 christos valueT val,
2737 1.1.1.5 christos int n)
2738 1.1.1.3 christos {
2739 1.1.1.5 christos if (target_big_endian)
2740 1.1.1.5 christos number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n);
2741 1.1.1.5 christos else
2742 1.1.1.5 christos number_to_chars_littleendian (buf, val, n);
2743 1.1.1.5 christos }
2744 1.1.1.3 christos
2745 1.1.1.5 christos /* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary. */
2746 1.1.1.3 christos
2747 1.1.1.5 christos valueT
2748 1.1.1.5 christos md_section_align (segT segment,
2749 1.1.1.5 christos valueT size)
2750 1.1.1.5 christos {
2751 1.1.1.7 christos int align = bfd_section_alignment (segment);
2752 1.1.1.5 christos
2753 1.1.1.5 christos return ((size + (1 << align) - 1) & (-((valueT) 1 << align)));
2754 1.1.1.3 christos }
2755 1.1.1.3 christos
2756 1.1.1.5 christos /* The location from which a PC relative jump should be calculated,
2757 1.1.1.5 christos given a PC relative reloc. */
2758 1.1.1.5 christos
2759 1.1.1.5 christos long
2760 1.1.1.5 christos md_pcrel_from_section (fixS *fixP,
2761 1.1.1.5 christos segT sec)
2762 1.1.1.3 christos {
2763 1.1.1.5 christos offsetT base = fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
2764 1.1.1.5 christos
2765 1.1.1.5 christos pr_debug ("pcrel_from_section, fx_offset = %d\n", (int) fixP->fx_offset);
2766 1.1.1.5 christos
2767 1.1.1.10 christos if (fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
2768 1.1.1.5 christos && (!S_IS_DEFINED (fixP->fx_addsy)
2769 1.1.1.5 christos || S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) != sec))
2770 1.1.1.5 christos {
2771 1.1.1.5 christos pr_debug ("Unknown pcrel symbol: %s\n", S_GET_NAME (fixP->fx_addsy));
2772 1.1.1.5 christos
2773 1.1.1.5 christos /* The symbol is undefined (or is defined but not in this section).
2774 1.1.1.5 christos Let the linker figure it out. */
2775 1.1.1.5 christos return 0;
2776 1.1.1.5 christos }
2777 1.1.1.3 christos
2778 1.1.1.5 christos if ((int) fixP->fx_r_type < 0)
2779 1.1.1.5 christos {
2780 1.1.1.5 christos /* These are the "internal" relocations. Align them to
2781 1.1.1.5 christos 32 bit boundary (PCL), for the moment. */
2782 1.1.1.5 christos base &= ~3;
2783 1.1.1.5 christos }
2784 1.1.1.5 christos else
2785 1.1.1.3 christos {
2786 1.1.1.5 christos switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
2787 1.1.1.3 christos {
2788 1.1.1.11 christos case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL:
2789 1.1.1.5 christos /* The hardware calculates relative to the start of the
2790 1.1.1.5 christos insn, but this relocation is relative to location of the
2791 1.1.1.5 christos LIMM, compensate. The base always needs to be
2792 1.1.1.6 christos subtracted by 4 as we do not support this type of PCrel
2793 1.1.1.5 christos relocation for short instructions. */
2794 1.1.1.5 christos base -= 4;
2795 1.1.1.5 christos /* Fall through. */
2796 1.1.1.11 christos case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL:
2797 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25H_PCREL_PLT:
2798 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21H_PCREL_PLT:
2799 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25W_PCREL_PLT:
2800 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21W_PCREL_PLT:
2801 1.1.1.3 christos
2802 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21H_PCREL:
2803 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25H_PCREL:
2804 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S13_PCREL:
2805 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21W_PCREL:
2806 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25W_PCREL:
2807 1.1.1.5 christos base &= ~3;
2808 1.1.1.3 christos break;
2809 1.1.1.3 christos default:
2810 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
2811 1.1.1.5 christos _("unhandled reloc %s in md_pcrel_from_section"),
2812 1.1.1.5 christos bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixP->fx_r_type));
2813 1.1.1.3 christos break;
2814 1.1 skrll }
2815 1.1.1.3 christos }
2816 1.1.1.5 christos
2817 1.1.1.9 christos pr_debug ("pcrel from %" PRIx64 " + %lx = %" PRIx64 ", "
2818 1.1.1.9 christos "symbol: %s (%" PRIx64 ")\n",
2819 1.1.1.9 christos (uint64_t) fixP->fx_frag->fr_address, fixP->fx_where, (uint64_t) base,
2820 1.1.1.5 christos fixP->fx_addsy ? S_GET_NAME (fixP->fx_addsy) : "(null)",
2821 1.1.1.9 christos fixP->fx_addsy ? (uint64_t) S_GET_VALUE (fixP->fx_addsy) : (uint64_t) 0);
2822 1.1.1.5 christos
2823 1.1.1.5 christos return base;
2824 1.1.1.3 christos }
2825 1.1.1.3 christos
2826 1.1.1.6 christos /* Given a BFD relocation find the corresponding operand. */
2827 1.1.1.3 christos
2828 1.1.1.5 christos static const struct arc_operand *
2829 1.1.1.5 christos find_operand_for_reloc (extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc)
2830 1.1.1.3 christos {
2831 1.1.1.5 christos unsigned i;
2832 1.1.1.3 christos
2833 1.1.1.5 christos for (i = 0; i < arc_num_operands; i++)
2834 1.1.1.5 christos if (arc_operands[i].default_reloc == reloc)
2835 1.1.1.5 christos return &arc_operands[i];
2836 1.1.1.5 christos return NULL;
2837 1.1.1.5 christos }
2838 1.1 skrll
2839 1.1.1.5 christos /* Insert an operand value into an instruction. */
2840 1.1.1.3 christos
2841 1.1.1.6 christos static unsigned long long
2842 1.1.1.6 christos insert_operand (unsigned long long insn,
2843 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_operand *operand,
2844 1.1.1.6 christos long long val,
2845 1.1.1.5 christos const char *file,
2846 1.1.1.5 christos unsigned line)
2847 1.1.1.5 christos {
2848 1.1.1.5 christos offsetT min = 0, max = 0;
2849 1.1.1.3 christos
2850 1.1.1.5 christos if (operand->bits != 32
2851 1.1.1.5 christos && !(operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_NCHK)
2852 1.1.1.5 christos && !(operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_FAKE))
2853 1.1.1.5 christos {
2854 1.1.1.5 christos if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_SIGNED)
2855 1.1 skrll {
2856 1.1.1.5 christos max = (1 << (operand->bits - 1)) - 1;
2857 1.1.1.5 christos min = -(1 << (operand->bits - 1));
2858 1.1.1.3 christos }
2859 1.1.1.3 christos else
2860 1.1.1.5 christos {
2861 1.1.1.5 christos max = (1 << operand->bits) - 1;
2862 1.1.1.5 christos min = 0;
2863 1.1.1.5 christos }
2864 1.1.1.5 christos
2865 1.1.1.5 christos if (val < min || val > max)
2866 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad_value_out_of_range (_("operand"),
2867 1.1.1.5 christos val, min, max, file, line);
2868 1.1.1.3 christos }
2869 1.1 skrll
2870 1.1.1.6 christos pr_debug ("insert field: %ld <= %lld <= %ld in 0x%08llx\n",
2871 1.1.1.5 christos min, val, max, insn);
2872 1.1 skrll
2873 1.1.1.5 christos if ((operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_ALIGNED32)
2874 1.1.1.5 christos && (val & 0x03))
2875 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad_where (file, line,
2876 1.1.1.5 christos _("Unaligned operand. Needs to be 32bit aligned"));
2877 1.1 skrll
2878 1.1.1.5 christos if ((operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_ALIGNED16)
2879 1.1.1.5 christos && (val & 0x01))
2880 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad_where (file, line,
2881 1.1.1.5 christos _("Unaligned operand. Needs to be 16bit aligned"));
2882 1.1 skrll
2883 1.1.1.5 christos if (operand->insert)
2884 1.1.1.5 christos {
2885 1.1.1.5 christos const char *errmsg = NULL;
2886 1.1 skrll
2887 1.1.1.5 christos insn = (*operand->insert) (insn, val, &errmsg);
2888 1.1.1.5 christos if (errmsg)
2889 1.1.1.5 christos as_warn_where (file, line, "%s", errmsg);
2890 1.1.1.5 christos }
2891 1.1.1.5 christos else
2892 1.1.1.5 christos {
2893 1.1.1.5 christos if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_TRUNCATE)
2894 1.1.1.5 christos {
2895 1.1.1.5 christos if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_ALIGNED32)
2896 1.1.1.5 christos val >>= 2;
2897 1.1.1.5 christos if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_ALIGNED16)
2898 1.1.1.5 christos val >>= 1;
2899 1.1.1.5 christos }
2900 1.1.1.5 christos insn |= ((val & ((1 << operand->bits) - 1)) << operand->shift);
2901 1.1.1.5 christos }
2902 1.1.1.5 christos return insn;
2903 1.1.1.3 christos }
2904 1.1 skrll
2905 1.1.1.5 christos /* Apply a fixup to the object code. At this point all symbol values
2906 1.1.1.5 christos should be fully resolved, and we attempt to completely resolve the
2907 1.1.1.5 christos reloc. If we can not do that, we determine the correct reloc code
2908 1.1.1.5 christos and put it back in the fixup. To indicate that a fixup has been
2909 1.1.1.5 christos eliminated, set fixP->fx_done. */
2910 1.1 skrll
2911 1.1.1.5 christos void
2912 1.1.1.5 christos md_apply_fix (fixS *fixP,
2913 1.1.1.5 christos valueT *valP,
2914 1.1.1.5 christos segT seg)
2915 1.1.1.3 christos {
2916 1.1.1.5 christos char * const fixpos = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where;
2917 1.1.1.5 christos valueT value = *valP;
2918 1.1.1.5 christos unsigned insn = 0;
2919 1.1.1.5 christos symbolS *fx_addsy, *fx_subsy;
2920 1.1.1.5 christos offsetT fx_offset;
2921 1.1.1.5 christos segT add_symbol_segment = absolute_section;
2922 1.1.1.5 christos segT sub_symbol_segment = absolute_section;
2923 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_operand *operand = NULL;
2924 1.1.1.5 christos extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
2925 1.1 skrll
2926 1.1.1.5 christos pr_debug ("%s:%u: apply_fix: r_type=%d (%s) value=0x%lX offset=0x%lX\n",
2927 1.1.1.5 christos fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line, fixP->fx_r_type,
2928 1.1.1.5 christos ((int) fixP->fx_r_type < 0) ? "Internal":
2929 1.1.1.5 christos bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixP->fx_r_type), value,
2930 1.1.1.5 christos fixP->fx_offset);
2931 1.1.1.3 christos
2932 1.1.1.5 christos fx_addsy = fixP->fx_addsy;
2933 1.1.1.5 christos fx_subsy = fixP->fx_subsy;
2934 1.1.1.5 christos fx_offset = 0;
2935 1.1.1.3 christos
2936 1.1.1.5 christos if (fx_addsy)
2937 1.1.1.5 christos {
2938 1.1.1.5 christos add_symbol_segment = S_GET_SEGMENT (fx_addsy);
2939 1.1.1.5 christos }
2940 1.1 skrll
2941 1.1.1.5 christos if (fx_subsy
2942 1.1.1.5 christos && fixP->fx_r_type != BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_DTPOFF
2943 1.1.1.5 christos && fixP->fx_r_type != BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_DTPOFF_S9
2944 1.1.1.5 christos && fixP->fx_r_type != BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_GD_LD)
2945 1.1.1.5 christos {
2946 1.1.1.5 christos resolve_symbol_value (fx_subsy);
2947 1.1.1.5 christos sub_symbol_segment = S_GET_SEGMENT (fx_subsy);
2948 1.1.1.3 christos
2949 1.1.1.5 christos if (sub_symbol_segment == absolute_section)
2950 1.1.1.5 christos {
2951 1.1.1.5 christos /* The symbol is really a constant. */
2952 1.1.1.5 christos fx_offset -= S_GET_VALUE (fx_subsy);
2953 1.1.1.5 christos fx_subsy = NULL;
2954 1.1.1.5 christos }
2955 1.1.1.5 christos else
2956 1.1.1.5 christos {
2957 1.1.1.8 christos as_bad_subtract (fixP);
2958 1.1.1.5 christos return;
2959 1.1.1.5 christos }
2960 1.1.1.5 christos }
2961 1.1.1.3 christos
2962 1.1.1.5 christos if (fx_addsy
2963 1.1.1.5 christos && !S_IS_WEAK (fx_addsy))
2964 1.1.1.3 christos {
2965 1.1.1.5 christos if (add_symbol_segment == seg
2966 1.1.1.5 christos && fixP->fx_pcrel)
2967 1.1.1.3 christos {
2968 1.1.1.5 christos value += S_GET_VALUE (fx_addsy);
2969 1.1.1.5 christos value -= md_pcrel_from_section (fixP, seg);
2970 1.1.1.5 christos fx_addsy = NULL;
2971 1.1.1.8 christos fixP->fx_pcrel = false;
2972 1.1.1.3 christos }
2973 1.1.1.5 christos else if (add_symbol_segment == absolute_section)
2974 1.1.1.5 christos {
2975 1.1.1.5 christos value = fixP->fx_offset;
2976 1.1.1.5 christos fx_offset += S_GET_VALUE (fixP->fx_addsy);
2977 1.1.1.5 christos fx_addsy = NULL;
2978 1.1.1.8 christos fixP->fx_pcrel = false;
2979 1.1.1.5 christos }
2980 1.1.1.5 christos }
2981 1.1 skrll
2982 1.1.1.5 christos if (!fx_addsy)
2983 1.1.1.8 christos fixP->fx_done = true;
2984 1.1.1.3 christos
2985 1.1.1.5 christos if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
2986 1.1.1.5 christos {
2987 1.1.1.5 christos if (fx_addsy
2988 1.1.1.5 christos && ((S_IS_DEFINED (fx_addsy)
2989 1.1.1.5 christos && S_GET_SEGMENT (fx_addsy) != seg)
2990 1.1.1.5 christos || S_IS_WEAK (fx_addsy)))
2991 1.1.1.5 christos value += md_pcrel_from_section (fixP, seg);
2992 1.1.1.3 christos
2993 1.1.1.5 christos switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
2994 1.1.1.5 christos {
2995 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_32_ME:
2996 1.1.1.5 christos /* This is a pc-relative value in a LIMM. Adjust it to the
2997 1.1.1.5 christos address of the instruction not to the address of the
2998 1.1.1.6 christos LIMM. Note: it is not any longer valid this affirmation as
2999 1.1.1.5 christos the linker consider ARC_PC32 a fixup to entire 64 bit
3000 1.1.1.5 christos insn. */
3001 1.1.1.5 christos fixP->fx_offset += fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
3002 1.1.1.5 christos /* Fall through. */
3003 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_32:
3004 1.1.1.11 christos fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
3005 1.1.1.5 christos /* Fall through. */
3006 1.1.1.11 christos case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL:
3007 1.1.1.5 christos /* fixP->fx_offset += fixP->fx_where - fixP->fx_dot_value; */
3008 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3009 1.1.1.5 christos default:
3010 1.1.1.5 christos if ((int) fixP->fx_r_type < 0)
3011 1.1.1.6 christos as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
3012 1.1.1.6 christos _("PC relative relocation not allowed for (internal)"
3013 1.1.1.6 christos " type %d"),
3014 1.1.1.6 christos fixP->fx_r_type);
3015 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3016 1.1.1.5 christos }
3017 1.1.1.3 christos }
3018 1.1.1.3 christos
3019 1.1.1.5 christos pr_debug ("%s:%u: apply_fix: r_type=%d (%s) value=0x%lX offset=0x%lX\n",
3020 1.1.1.5 christos fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line, fixP->fx_r_type,
3021 1.1.1.5 christos ((int) fixP->fx_r_type < 0) ? "Internal":
3022 1.1.1.5 christos bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixP->fx_r_type), value,
3023 1.1.1.5 christos fixP->fx_offset);
3024 1.1.1.3 christos
3025 1.1.1.3 christos
3026 1.1.1.5 christos /* Now check for TLS relocations. */
3027 1.1.1.5 christos reloc = fixP->fx_r_type;
3028 1.1.1.5 christos switch (reloc)
3029 1.1.1.3 christos {
3030 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_DTPOFF:
3031 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_LE_32:
3032 1.1.1.5 christos if (fixP->fx_done)
3033 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3034 1.1.1.5 christos /* Fall through. */
3035 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_GD_GOT:
3036 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_IE_GOT:
3037 1.1.1.5 christos S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy);
3038 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3039 1.1.1.3 christos
3040 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_GD_LD:
3041 1.1.1.5 christos gas_assert (!fixP->fx_offset);
3042 1.1.1.5 christos if (fixP->fx_subsy)
3043 1.1.1.5 christos fixP->fx_offset
3044 1.1.1.5 christos = (S_GET_VALUE (fixP->fx_subsy)
3045 1.1.1.5 christos - fixP->fx_frag->fr_address- fixP->fx_where);
3046 1.1.1.5 christos fixP->fx_subsy = NULL;
3047 1.1.1.5 christos /* Fall through. */
3048 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_GD_CALL:
3049 1.1.1.5 christos /* These two relocs are there just to allow ld to change the tls
3050 1.1.1.5 christos model for this symbol, by patching the code. The offset -
3051 1.1.1.5 christos and scale, if any - will be installed by the linker. */
3052 1.1.1.5 christos S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy);
3053 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3054 1.1 skrll
3055 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_LE_S9:
3056 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_DTPOFF_S9:
3057 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad (_("TLS_*_S9 relocs are not supported yet"));
3058 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3059 1.1.1.3 christos
3060 1.1.1.5 christos default:
3061 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3062 1.1.1.5 christos }
3063 1.1.1.3 christos
3064 1.1.1.5 christos if (!fixP->fx_done)
3065 1.1.1.5 christos {
3066 1.1.1.5 christos return;
3067 1.1.1.5 christos }
3068 1.1.1.3 christos
3069 1.1.1.6 christos /* Adjust the value if we have a constant. */
3070 1.1.1.5 christos value += fx_offset;
3071 1.1.1.3 christos
3072 1.1.1.5 christos /* For hosts with longs bigger than 32-bits make sure that the top
3073 1.1.1.5 christos bits of a 32-bit negative value read in by the parser are set,
3074 1.1.1.5 christos so that the correct comparisons are made. */
3075 1.1.1.5 christos if (value & 0x80000000)
3076 1.1.1.5 christos value |= (-1UL << 31);
3077 1.1.1.3 christos
3078 1.1.1.5 christos reloc = fixP->fx_r_type;
3079 1.1.1.5 christos switch (reloc)
3080 1.1.1.3 christos {
3081 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_8:
3082 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_16:
3083 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_24:
3084 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_32:
3085 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_64:
3086 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_32_PCREL:
3087 1.1.1.5 christos md_number_to_chars (fixpos, value, fixP->fx_size);
3088 1.1.1.5 christos return;
3089 1.1.1.3 christos
3090 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_GOTPC32:
3091 1.1.1.5 christos /* I cannot fix an GOTPC relocation because I need to relax it
3092 1.1.1.5 christos from ld rx,[pcl,@sym@gotpc] to add rx,pcl,@sym@gotpc. */
3093 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad (_("Unsupported operation on reloc"));
3094 1.1.1.5 christos return;
3095 1.1.1.3 christos
3096 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_DTPOFF:
3097 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_LE_32:
3098 1.1.1.5 christos gas_assert (!fixP->fx_addsy);
3099 1.1.1.5 christos gas_assert (!fixP->fx_subsy);
3100 1.1.1.6 christos /* Fall through. */
3101 1.1.1.3 christos
3102 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_GOTOFF:
3103 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_32_ME:
3104 1.1.1.11 christos case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL:
3105 1.1.1.5 christos md_number_to_chars_midend (fixpos, value, fixP->fx_size);
3106 1.1.1.5 christos return;
3107 1.1.1.3 christos
3108 1.1.1.11 christos case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL:
3109 1.1.1.5 christos md_number_to_chars_midend (fixpos, value, fixP->fx_size);
3110 1.1.1.5 christos return;
3111 1.1.1.3 christos
3112 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25H_PCREL_PLT:
3113 1.1.1.5 christos reloc = BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25W_PCREL;
3114 1.1.1.5 christos goto solve_plt;
3115 1.1.1.3 christos
3116 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21H_PCREL_PLT:
3117 1.1.1.5 christos reloc = BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21H_PCREL;
3118 1.1.1.5 christos goto solve_plt;
3119 1.1.1.3 christos
3120 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25W_PCREL_PLT:
3121 1.1.1.5 christos reloc = BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25W_PCREL;
3122 1.1.1.5 christos goto solve_plt;
3123 1.1.1.3 christos
3124 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21W_PCREL_PLT:
3125 1.1.1.5 christos reloc = BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21W_PCREL;
3126 1.1.1.6 christos /* Fall through. */
3127 1.1.1.3 christos
3128 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25W_PCREL:
3129 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21W_PCREL:
3130 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21H_PCREL:
3131 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25H_PCREL:
3132 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S13_PCREL:
3133 1.1.1.5 christos solve_plt:
3134 1.1.1.5 christos operand = find_operand_for_reloc (reloc);
3135 1.1.1.5 christos gas_assert (operand);
3136 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3137 1.1.1.3 christos
3138 1.1.1.5 christos default:
3139 1.1.1.5 christos {
3140 1.1.1.5 christos if ((int) fixP->fx_r_type >= 0)
3141 1.1.1.5 christos as_fatal (_("unhandled relocation type %s"),
3142 1.1.1.5 christos bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixP->fx_r_type));
3143 1.1.1.3 christos
3144 1.1.1.5 christos /* The rest of these fixups needs to be completely resolved as
3145 1.1.1.5 christos constants. */
3146 1.1.1.5 christos if (fixP->fx_addsy != 0
3147 1.1.1.5 christos && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) != absolute_section)
3148 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
3149 1.1.1.5 christos _("non-absolute expression in constant field"));
3150 1.1.1.5 christos
3151 1.1.1.5 christos gas_assert (-(int) fixP->fx_r_type < (int) arc_num_operands);
3152 1.1.1.5 christos operand = &arc_operands[-(int) fixP->fx_r_type];
3153 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3154 1.1.1.5 christos }
3155 1.1.1.3 christos }
3156 1.1.1.3 christos
3157 1.1.1.5 christos if (target_big_endian)
3158 1.1.1.5 christos {
3159 1.1.1.5 christos switch (fixP->fx_size)
3160 1.1.1.5 christos {
3161 1.1.1.5 christos case 4:
3162 1.1.1.5 christos insn = bfd_getb32 (fixpos);
3163 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3164 1.1.1.5 christos case 2:
3165 1.1.1.5 christos insn = bfd_getb16 (fixpos);
3166 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3167 1.1.1.5 christos default:
3168 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
3169 1.1.1.5 christos _("unknown fixup size"));
3170 1.1.1.5 christos }
3171 1.1.1.5 christos }
3172 1.1.1.5 christos else
3173 1.1.1.5 christos {
3174 1.1.1.5 christos insn = 0;
3175 1.1.1.5 christos switch (fixP->fx_size)
3176 1.1.1.5 christos {
3177 1.1.1.5 christos case 4:
3178 1.1.1.5 christos insn = bfd_getl16 (fixpos) << 16 | bfd_getl16 (fixpos + 2);
3179 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3180 1.1.1.5 christos case 2:
3181 1.1.1.5 christos insn = bfd_getl16 (fixpos);
3182 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3183 1.1.1.5 christos default:
3184 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
3185 1.1.1.5 christos _("unknown fixup size"));
3186 1.1.1.5 christos }
3187 1.1.1.5 christos }
3188 1.1.1.3 christos
3189 1.1.1.5 christos insn = insert_operand (insn, operand, (offsetT) value,
3190 1.1.1.5 christos fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
3191 1.1.1.3 christos
3192 1.1.1.5 christos md_number_to_chars_midend (fixpos, insn, fixP->fx_size);
3193 1.1.1.5 christos }
3194 1.1.1.3 christos
3195 1.1.1.5 christos /* Prepare machine-dependent frags for relaxation.
3196 1.1.1.3 christos
3197 1.1.1.5 christos Called just before relaxation starts. Any symbol that is now undefined
3198 1.1.1.5 christos will not become defined.
3199 1.1.1.3 christos
3200 1.1.1.5 christos Return the correct fr_subtype in the frag.
3201 1.1.1.3 christos
3202 1.1.1.5 christos Return the initial "guess for fr_var" to caller. The guess for fr_var
3203 1.1.1.5 christos is *actually* the growth beyond fr_fix. Whatever we do to grow fr_fix
3204 1.1.1.5 christos or fr_var contributes to our returned value.
3205 1.1.1.3 christos
3206 1.1.1.5 christos Although it may not be explicit in the frag, pretend
3207 1.1.1.5 christos fr_var starts with a value. */
3208 1.1.1.3 christos
3209 1.1.1.5 christos int
3210 1.1.1.5 christos md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragS *fragP,
3211 1.1.1.5 christos segT segment)
3212 1.1.1.3 christos {
3213 1.1.1.5 christos int growth;
3214 1.1.1.5 christos
3215 1.1.1.5 christos /* If the symbol is not located within the same section AND it's not
3216 1.1.1.5 christos an absolute section, use the maximum. OR if the symbol is a
3217 1.1.1.5 christos constant AND the insn is by nature not pc-rel, use the maximum.
3218 1.1.1.5 christos OR if the symbol is being equated against another symbol, use the
3219 1.1.1.5 christos maximum. OR if the symbol is weak use the maximum. */
3220 1.1.1.5 christos if ((S_GET_SEGMENT (fragP->fr_symbol) != segment
3221 1.1.1.5 christos && S_GET_SEGMENT (fragP->fr_symbol) != absolute_section)
3222 1.1.1.5 christos || (symbol_constant_p (fragP->fr_symbol)
3223 1.1.1.5 christos && !fragP->tc_frag_data.pcrel)
3224 1.1.1.5 christos || symbol_equated_p (fragP->fr_symbol)
3225 1.1.1.5 christos || S_IS_WEAK (fragP->fr_symbol))
3226 1.1.1.5 christos {
3227 1.1.1.5 christos while (md_relax_table[fragP->fr_subtype].rlx_more != ARC_RLX_NONE)
3228 1.1.1.5 christos ++fragP->fr_subtype;
3229 1.1.1.5 christos }
3230 1.1.1.3 christos
3231 1.1.1.5 christos growth = md_relax_table[fragP->fr_subtype].rlx_length;
3232 1.1.1.5 christos fragP->fr_var = growth;
3233 1.1.1.3 christos
3234 1.1.1.5 christos pr_debug ("%s:%d: md_estimate_size_before_relax: %d\n",
3235 1.1.1.5 christos fragP->fr_file, fragP->fr_line, growth);
3236 1.1.1.3 christos
3237 1.1.1.5 christos return growth;
3238 1.1.1.3 christos }
3239 1.1.1.3 christos
3240 1.1.1.5 christos /* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target
3241 1.1.1.5 christos format. */
3242 1.1.1.3 christos
3243 1.1.1.5 christos arelent *
3244 1.1.1.5 christos tc_gen_reloc (asection *section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3245 1.1.1.5 christos fixS *fixP)
3246 1.1.1.3 christos {
3247 1.1.1.5 christos arelent *reloc;
3248 1.1.1.5 christos bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
3249 1.1.1.3 christos
3250 1.1.1.10 christos reloc = notes_alloc (sizeof (arelent));
3251 1.1.1.10 christos reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = notes_alloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
3252 1.1.1.5 christos *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixP->fx_addsy);
3253 1.1.1.5 christos reloc->address = fixP->fx_frag->fr_address + fixP->fx_where;
3254 1.1.1.3 christos
3255 1.1.1.5 christos /* Make sure none of our internal relocations make it this far.
3256 1.1.1.5 christos They'd better have been fully resolved by this point. */
3257 1.1.1.5 christos gas_assert ((int) fixP->fx_r_type > 0);
3258 1.1.1.3 christos
3259 1.1.1.5 christos code = fixP->fx_r_type;
3260 1.1.1.3 christos
3261 1.1.1.5 christos /* if we have something like add gp, pcl,
3262 1.1.1.5 christos _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_@gotpc. */
3263 1.1.1.5 christos if (code == BFD_RELOC_ARC_GOTPC32
3264 1.1.1.5 christos && GOT_symbol
3265 1.1.1.5 christos && fixP->fx_addsy == GOT_symbol)
3266 1.1.1.5 christos code = BFD_RELOC_ARC_GOTPC;
3267 1.1.1.3 christos
3268 1.1.1.5 christos reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, code);
3269 1.1.1.5 christos if (reloc->howto == NULL)
3270 1.1.1.5 christos {
3271 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
3272 1.1.1.5 christos _("cannot represent `%s' relocation in object file"),
3273 1.1.1.5 christos bfd_get_reloc_code_name (code));
3274 1.1.1.5 christos return NULL;
3275 1.1.1.5 christos }
3276 1.1.1.3 christos
3277 1.1.1.5 christos if (!fixP->fx_pcrel != !reloc->howto->pc_relative)
3278 1.1.1.5 christos as_fatal (_("internal error? cannot generate `%s' relocation"),
3279 1.1.1.5 christos bfd_get_reloc_code_name (code));
3280 1.1.1.5 christos
3281 1.1.1.5 christos gas_assert (!fixP->fx_pcrel == !reloc->howto->pc_relative);
3282 1.1.1.5 christos
3283 1.1.1.6 christos reloc->addend = fixP->fx_offset;
3284 1.1.1.5 christos
3285 1.1.1.5 christos return reloc;
3286 1.1.1.3 christos }
3287 1.1.1.3 christos
3288 1.1.1.5 christos /* Perform post-processing of machine-dependent frags after relaxation.
3289 1.1.1.5 christos Called after relaxation is finished.
3290 1.1.1.5 christos In: Address of frag.
3291 1.1.1.5 christos fr_type == rs_machine_dependent.
3292 1.1.1.5 christos fr_subtype is what the address relaxed to.
3293 1.1.1.3 christos
3294 1.1.1.5 christos Out: Any fixS:s and constants are set up. */
3295 1.1.1.5 christos
3296 1.1.1.5 christos void
3297 1.1.1.5 christos md_convert_frag (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3298 1.1.1.5 christos segT segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3299 1.1.1.5 christos fragS *fragP)
3300 1.1.1.3 christos {
3301 1.1.1.5 christos const relax_typeS *table_entry;
3302 1.1.1.5 christos char *dest;
3303 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_opcode *opcode;
3304 1.1.1.5 christos struct arc_insn insn;
3305 1.1.1.5 christos int size, fix;
3306 1.1.1.5 christos struct arc_relax_type *relax_arg = &fragP->tc_frag_data;
3307 1.1.1.5 christos
3308 1.1.1.7 christos fix = fragP->fr_fix;
3309 1.1.1.5 christos dest = fragP->fr_literal + fix;
3310 1.1.1.5 christos table_entry = TC_GENERIC_RELAX_TABLE + fragP->fr_subtype;
3311 1.1.1.3 christos
3312 1.1.1.5 christos pr_debug ("%s:%d: md_convert_frag, subtype: %d, fix: %d, "
3313 1.1.1.9 christos "var: %" PRId64 "\n",
3314 1.1.1.5 christos fragP->fr_file, fragP->fr_line,
3315 1.1.1.9 christos fragP->fr_subtype, fix, (int64_t) fragP->fr_var);
3316 1.1.1.3 christos
3317 1.1.1.5 christos if (fragP->fr_subtype <= 0
3318 1.1.1.5 christos && fragP->fr_subtype >= arc_num_relax_opcodes)
3319 1.1.1.5 christos as_fatal (_("no relaxation found for this instruction."));
3320 1.1.1.3 christos
3321 1.1.1.5 christos opcode = &arc_relax_opcodes[fragP->fr_subtype];
3322 1.1.1.3 christos
3323 1.1.1.5 christos assemble_insn (opcode, relax_arg->tok, relax_arg->ntok, relax_arg->pflags,
3324 1.1.1.5 christos relax_arg->nflg, &insn);
3325 1.1.1.3 christos
3326 1.1.1.5 christos apply_fixups (&insn, fragP, fix);
3327 1.1.1.3 christos
3328 1.1.1.6 christos size = insn.len + (insn.has_limm ? 4 : 0);
3329 1.1.1.5 christos gas_assert (table_entry->rlx_length == size);
3330 1.1.1.8 christos emit_insn0 (&insn, dest, true);
3331 1.1.1.3 christos
3332 1.1.1.5 christos fragP->fr_fix += table_entry->rlx_length;
3333 1.1.1.5 christos fragP->fr_var = 0;
3334 1.1.1.5 christos }
3335 1.1.1.5 christos
3336 1.1.1.5 christos /* We have no need to default values of symbols. We could catch
3337 1.1.1.5 christos register names here, but that is handled by inserting them all in
3338 1.1.1.5 christos the symbol table to begin with. */
3339 1.1.1.5 christos
3340 1.1.1.5 christos symbolS *
3341 1.1.1.5 christos md_undefined_symbol (char *name)
3342 1.1.1.5 christos {
3343 1.1.1.5 christos /* The arc abi demands that a GOT[0] should be referencible as
3344 1.1.1.5 christos [pc+_DYNAMIC@gotpc]. Hence we convert a _DYNAMIC@gotpc to a
3345 1.1.1.5 christos GOTPC reference to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3346 1.1.1.5 christos if (((*name == '_')
3347 1.1.1.5 christos && (*(name+1) == 'G')
3348 1.1.1.6 christos && (strcmp (name, GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_NAME) == 0)))
3349 1.1.1.5 christos {
3350 1.1.1.5 christos if (!GOT_symbol)
3351 1.1.1.3 christos {
3352 1.1.1.5 christos if (symbol_find (name))
3353 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad ("GOT already in symbol table");
3354 1.1.1.3 christos
3355 1.1.1.5 christos GOT_symbol = symbol_new (GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_NAME, undefined_section,
3356 1.1.1.8 christos &zero_address_frag, 0);
3357 1.1.1.5 christos };
3358 1.1.1.5 christos return GOT_symbol;
3359 1.1.1.5 christos }
3360 1.1.1.5 christos return NULL;
3361 1.1.1.5 christos }
3362 1.1.1.3 christos
3363 1.1.1.5 christos /* Turn a string in input_line_pointer into a floating point constant
3364 1.1.1.5 christos of type type, and store the appropriate bytes in *litP. The number
3365 1.1.1.5 christos of LITTLENUMS emitted is stored in *sizeP. An error message is
3366 1.1.1.5 christos returned, or NULL on OK. */
3367 1.1.1.3 christos
3368 1.1.1.5 christos const char *
3369 1.1.1.5 christos md_atof (int type, char *litP, int *sizeP)
3370 1.1.1.5 christos {
3371 1.1.1.5 christos return ieee_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP, target_big_endian);
3372 1.1.1.5 christos }
3373 1.1.1.3 christos
3374 1.1.1.5 christos /* Called for any expression that can not be recognized. When the
3375 1.1.1.5 christos function is called, `input_line_pointer' will point to the start of
3376 1.1.1.7 christos the expression. We use it when we have complex operations like
3377 1.1.1.7 christos @label1 - @label2. */
3378 1.1.1.3 christos
3379 1.1.1.5 christos void
3380 1.1.1.7 christos md_operand (expressionS *expressionP)
3381 1.1.1.5 christos {
3382 1.1.1.5 christos char *p = input_line_pointer;
3383 1.1.1.5 christos if (*p == '@')
3384 1.1.1.5 christos {
3385 1.1.1.5 christos input_line_pointer++;
3386 1.1.1.5 christos expression (expressionP);
3387 1.1.1.11 christos expressionP->X_md = O_absent;
3388 1.1.1.5 christos }
3389 1.1.1.5 christos }
3390 1.1.1.3 christos
3391 1.1.1.5 christos /* This function is called from the function 'expression', it attempts
3392 1.1.1.5 christos to parse special names (in our case register names). It fills in
3393 1.1.1.5 christos the expression with the identified register. It returns TRUE if
3394 1.1.1.5 christos it is a register and FALSE otherwise. */
3395 1.1.1.5 christos
3396 1.1.1.8 christos bool
3397 1.1.1.5 christos arc_parse_name (const char *name,
3398 1.1.1.5 christos struct expressionS *e)
3399 1.1.1.5 christos {
3400 1.1.1.5 christos struct symbol *sym;
3401 1.1.1.5 christos
3402 1.1.1.5 christos if (!assembling_insn)
3403 1.1.1.8 christos return false;
3404 1.1.1.3 christos
3405 1.1.1.8 christos sym = str_hash_find (arc_reg_hash, name);
3406 1.1.1.5 christos if (sym)
3407 1.1.1.5 christos {
3408 1.1.1.5 christos e->X_op = O_register;
3409 1.1.1.5 christos e->X_add_number = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
3410 1.1.1.8 christos return true;
3411 1.1.1.5 christos }
3412 1.1.1.6 christos
3413 1.1.1.8 christos sym = str_hash_find (arc_addrtype_hash, name);
3414 1.1.1.6 christos if (sym)
3415 1.1.1.6 christos {
3416 1.1.1.6 christos e->X_op = O_addrtype;
3417 1.1.1.6 christos e->X_add_number = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
3418 1.1.1.8 christos return true;
3419 1.1.1.6 christos }
3420 1.1.1.6 christos
3421 1.1.1.8 christos return false;
3422 1.1.1.5 christos }
3423 1.1.1.3 christos
3424 1.1.1.5 christos /* md_parse_option
3425 1.1.1.5 christos Invocation line includes a switch not recognized by the base assembler.
3426 1.1.1.5 christos See if it's a processor-specific option.
3427 1.1.1.3 christos
3428 1.1.1.5 christos New options (supported) are:
3429 1.1.1.3 christos
3430 1.1.1.5 christos -mcpu=<cpu name> Assemble for selected processor
3431 1.1.1.5 christos -EB/-mbig-endian Big-endian
3432 1.1.1.5 christos -EL/-mlittle-endian Little-endian
3433 1.1.1.5 christos -mrelax Enable relaxation
3434 1.1.1.3 christos
3435 1.1.1.5 christos The following CPU names are recognized:
3436 1.1.1.5 christos arc600, arc700, arcem, archs, nps400. */
3437 1.1.1.3 christos
3438 1.1.1.5 christos int
3439 1.1.1.5 christos md_parse_option (int c, const char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3440 1.1.1.5 christos {
3441 1.1.1.5 christos switch (c)
3442 1.1.1.5 christos {
3443 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_ARC600:
3444 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_ARC601:
3445 1.1.1.5 christos return md_parse_option (OPTION_MCPU, "arc600");
3446 1.1.1.3 christos
3447 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_ARC700:
3448 1.1.1.5 christos return md_parse_option (OPTION_MCPU, "arc700");
3449 1.1.1.3 christos
3450 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_ARCEM:
3451 1.1.1.5 christos return md_parse_option (OPTION_MCPU, "arcem");
3452 1.1.1.3 christos
3453 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_ARCHS:
3454 1.1.1.5 christos return md_parse_option (OPTION_MCPU, "archs");
3455 1.1.1.3 christos
3456 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_MCPU:
3457 1.1.1.5 christos {
3458 1.1.1.6 christos arc_select_cpu (arg, MACH_SELECTION_FROM_COMMAND_LINE);
3459 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3460 1.1.1.5 christos }
3461 1.1.1.3 christos
3462 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_EB:
3463 1.1.1.5 christos arc_target_format = "elf32-bigarc";
3464 1.1.1.5 christos byte_order = BIG_ENDIAN;
3465 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3466 1.1.1.3 christos
3467 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_EL:
3468 1.1.1.5 christos arc_target_format = "elf32-littlearc";
3469 1.1.1.5 christos byte_order = LITTLE_ENDIAN;
3470 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3471 1.1.1.3 christos
3472 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_CD:
3473 1.1.1.6 christos selected_cpu.features |= CD;
3474 1.1.1.6 christos cl_features |= CD;
3475 1.1.1.6 christos arc_check_feature ();
3476 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3477 1.1.1.3 christos
3478 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_RELAX:
3479 1.1.1.5 christos relaxation_state = 1;
3480 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3481 1.1.1.3 christos
3482 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_NPS400:
3483 1.1.1.6 christos selected_cpu.features |= NPS400;
3484 1.1.1.6 christos cl_features |= NPS400;
3485 1.1.1.6 christos arc_check_feature ();
3486 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3487 1.1.1.3 christos
3488 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_SPFP:
3489 1.1.1.6 christos selected_cpu.features |= SPX;
3490 1.1.1.6 christos cl_features |= SPX;
3491 1.1.1.6 christos arc_check_feature ();
3492 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3493 1.1.1.3 christos
3494 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_DPFP:
3495 1.1.1.6 christos selected_cpu.features |= DPX;
3496 1.1.1.6 christos cl_features |= DPX;
3497 1.1.1.6 christos arc_check_feature ();
3498 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3499 1.1.1.3 christos
3500 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_FPUDA:
3501 1.1.1.6 christos selected_cpu.features |= DPA;
3502 1.1.1.6 christos cl_features |= DPA;
3503 1.1.1.6 christos arc_check_feature ();
3504 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3505 1.1.1.3 christos
3506 1.1.1.5 christos /* Dummy options are accepted but have no effect. */
3507 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_USER_MODE:
3508 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_LD_EXT_MASK:
3509 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_SWAP:
3510 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_NORM:
3511 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_BARREL_SHIFT:
3512 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_MIN_MAX:
3513 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_NO_MPY:
3514 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_EA:
3515 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_MUL64:
3516 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_SIMD:
3517 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_XMAC_D16:
3518 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_XMAC_24:
3519 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_DSP_PACKA:
3520 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_CRC:
3521 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_DVBF:
3522 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_TELEPHONY:
3523 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_XYMEMORY:
3524 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_LOCK:
3525 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_SWAPE:
3526 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_RTSC:
3527 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3528 1.1.1.3 christos
3529 1.1.1.5 christos default:
3530 1.1.1.5 christos return 0;
3531 1.1.1.3 christos }
3532 1.1.1.3 christos
3533 1.1.1.5 christos return 1;
3534 1.1.1.5 christos }
3535 1.1.1.5 christos
3536 1.1.1.6 christos /* Display the list of cpu names for use in the help text. */
3537 1.1.1.6 christos
3538 1.1.1.6 christos static void
3539 1.1.1.6 christos arc_show_cpu_list (FILE *stream)
3540 1.1.1.6 christos {
3541 1.1.1.6 christos int i, offset;
3542 1.1.1.6 christos static const char *space_buf = " ";
3543 1.1.1.6 christos
3544 1.1.1.6 christos fprintf (stream, "%s", space_buf);
3545 1.1.1.6 christos offset = strlen (space_buf);
3546 1.1.1.6 christos for (i = 0; cpu_types[i].name != NULL; ++i)
3547 1.1.1.6 christos {
3548 1.1.1.8 christos bool last = (cpu_types[i + 1].name == NULL);
3549 1.1.1.6 christos
3550 1.1.1.6 christos /* If displaying the new cpu name string, and the ', ' (for all
3551 1.1.1.6 christos but the last one) will take us past a target width of 80
3552 1.1.1.6 christos characters, then it's time for a new line. */
3553 1.1.1.6 christos if (offset + strlen (cpu_types[i].name) + (last ? 0 : 2) > 80)
3554 1.1.1.6 christos {
3555 1.1.1.6 christos fprintf (stream, "\n%s", space_buf);
3556 1.1.1.6 christos offset = strlen (space_buf);
3557 1.1.1.6 christos }
3558 1.1.1.6 christos
3559 1.1.1.6 christos fprintf (stream, "%s%s", cpu_types[i].name, (last ? "\n" : ", "));
3560 1.1.1.6 christos offset += strlen (cpu_types [i].name) + (last ? 0 : 2);
3561 1.1.1.6 christos }
3562 1.1.1.6 christos }
3563 1.1.1.6 christos
3564 1.1.1.5 christos void
3565 1.1.1.5 christos md_show_usage (FILE *stream)
3566 1.1.1.5 christos {
3567 1.1.1.5 christos fprintf (stream, _("ARC-specific assembler options:\n"));
3568 1.1.1.5 christos
3569 1.1.1.6 christos fprintf (stream, " -mcpu=<cpu name>\t (default: %s), assemble for"
3570 1.1.1.6 christos " CPU <cpu name>, one of:\n", TARGET_WITH_CPU);
3571 1.1.1.6 christos arc_show_cpu_list (stream);
3572 1.1.1.6 christos fprintf (stream, "\n");
3573 1.1.1.5 christos fprintf (stream, " -mA6/-mARC600/-mARC601 same as -mcpu=arc600\n");
3574 1.1.1.5 christos fprintf (stream, " -mA7/-mARC700\t\t same as -mcpu=arc700\n");
3575 1.1.1.5 christos fprintf (stream, " -mEM\t\t\t same as -mcpu=arcem\n");
3576 1.1.1.5 christos fprintf (stream, " -mHS\t\t\t same as -mcpu=archs\n");
3577 1.1.1.5 christos
3578 1.1.1.5 christos fprintf (stream, " -mnps400\t\t enable NPS-400 extended instructions\n");
3579 1.1.1.6 christos fprintf (stream, " -mspfp\t\t enable single-precision floating point"
3580 1.1.1.6 christos " instructions\n");
3581 1.1.1.6 christos fprintf (stream, " -mdpfp\t\t enable double-precision floating point"
3582 1.1.1.6 christos " instructions\n");
3583 1.1.1.5 christos fprintf (stream, " -mfpuda\t\t enable double-precision assist floating "
3584 1.1.1.5 christos "point\n\t\t\t instructions for ARC EM\n");
3585 1.1.1.5 christos
3586 1.1.1.5 christos fprintf (stream,
3587 1.1.1.5 christos " -mcode-density\t enable code density option for ARC EM\n");
3588 1.1.1.5 christos
3589 1.1.1.5 christos fprintf (stream, _("\
3590 1.1.1.5 christos -EB assemble code for a big-endian cpu\n"));
3591 1.1.1.5 christos fprintf (stream, _("\
3592 1.1.1.5 christos -EL assemble code for a little-endian cpu\n"));
3593 1.1.1.5 christos fprintf (stream, _("\
3594 1.1.1.5 christos -mrelax enable relaxation\n"));
3595 1.1.1.5 christos
3596 1.1.1.5 christos fprintf (stream, _("The following ARC-specific assembler options are "
3597 1.1.1.5 christos "deprecated and are accepted\nfor compatibility only:\n"));
3598 1.1.1.3 christos
3599 1.1.1.5 christos fprintf (stream, _(" -mEA\n"
3600 1.1.1.5 christos " -mbarrel-shifter\n"
3601 1.1.1.5 christos " -mbarrel_shifter\n"
3602 1.1.1.5 christos " -mcrc\n"
3603 1.1.1.5 christos " -mdsp-packa\n"
3604 1.1.1.5 christos " -mdsp_packa\n"
3605 1.1.1.5 christos " -mdvbf\n"
3606 1.1.1.5 christos " -mld-extension-reg-mask\n"
3607 1.1.1.5 christos " -mlock\n"
3608 1.1.1.5 christos " -mmac-24\n"
3609 1.1.1.5 christos " -mmac-d16\n"
3610 1.1.1.5 christos " -mmac_24\n"
3611 1.1.1.5 christos " -mmac_d16\n"
3612 1.1.1.5 christos " -mmin-max\n"
3613 1.1.1.5 christos " -mmin_max\n"
3614 1.1.1.5 christos " -mmul64\n"
3615 1.1.1.5 christos " -mno-mpy\n"
3616 1.1.1.5 christos " -mnorm\n"
3617 1.1.1.5 christos " -mrtsc\n"
3618 1.1.1.5 christos " -msimd\n"
3619 1.1.1.5 christos " -mswap\n"
3620 1.1.1.5 christos " -mswape\n"
3621 1.1.1.5 christos " -mtelephony\n"
3622 1.1.1.5 christos " -muser-mode-only\n"
3623 1.1.1.5 christos " -mxy\n"));
3624 1.1.1.3 christos }
3625 1.1.1.3 christos
3626 1.1.1.3 christos /* Find the proper relocation for the given opcode. */
3627 1.1.1.3 christos
3628 1.1.1.3 christos static extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type
3629 1.1.1.3 christos find_reloc (const char *name,
3630 1.1.1.3 christos const char *opcodename,
3631 1.1.1.3 christos const struct arc_flags *pflags,
3632 1.1.1.3 christos int nflg,
3633 1.1.1.3 christos extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc)
3634 1.1.1.3 christos {
3635 1.1.1.3 christos unsigned int i;
3636 1.1.1.3 christos int j;
3637 1.1.1.8 christos bool found_flag, tmp;
3638 1.1.1.3 christos extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type ret = BFD_RELOC_UNUSED;
3639 1.1.1.3 christos
3640 1.1.1.3 christos for (i = 0; i < arc_num_equiv_tab; i++)
3641 1.1.1.3 christos {
3642 1.1.1.3 christos const struct arc_reloc_equiv_tab *r = &arc_reloc_equiv[i];
3643 1.1.1.3 christos
3644 1.1.1.3 christos /* Find the entry. */
3645 1.1.1.3 christos if (strcmp (name, r->name))
3646 1.1.1.3 christos continue;
3647 1.1.1.3 christos if (r->mnemonic && (strcmp (r->mnemonic, opcodename)))
3648 1.1.1.3 christos continue;
3649 1.1.1.5 christos if (r->flags[0])
3650 1.1.1.3 christos {
3651 1.1.1.3 christos if (!nflg)
3652 1.1.1.3 christos continue;
3653 1.1.1.8 christos found_flag = false;
3654 1.1.1.10 christos const unsigned *psflg = r->flags;
3655 1.1.1.5 christos do
3656 1.1.1.5 christos {
3657 1.1.1.8 christos tmp = false;
3658 1.1.1.5 christos for (j = 0; j < nflg; j++)
3659 1.1.1.5 christos if (!strcmp (pflags[j].name,
3660 1.1.1.5 christos arc_flag_operands[*psflg].name))
3661 1.1.1.5 christos {
3662 1.1.1.8 christos tmp = true;
3663 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3664 1.1.1.5 christos }
3665 1.1.1.5 christos if (!tmp)
3666 1.1.1.5 christos {
3667 1.1.1.8 christos found_flag = false;
3668 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3669 1.1.1.5 christos }
3670 1.1.1.5 christos else
3671 1.1.1.5 christos {
3672 1.1.1.8 christos found_flag = true;
3673 1.1.1.5 christos }
3674 1.1.1.5 christos ++ psflg;
3675 1.1.1.5 christos } while (*psflg);
3676 1.1.1.5 christos
3677 1.1.1.3 christos if (!found_flag)
3678 1.1.1.3 christos continue;
3679 1.1.1.3 christos }
3680 1.1.1.3 christos
3681 1.1.1.3 christos if (reloc != r->oldreloc)
3682 1.1.1.3 christos continue;
3683 1.1.1.3 christos /* Found it. */
3684 1.1.1.3 christos ret = r->newreloc;
3685 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3686 1.1.1.3 christos }
3687 1.1.1.3 christos
3688 1.1.1.3 christos if (ret == BFD_RELOC_UNUSED)
3689 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad (_("Unable to find %s relocation for instruction %s"),
3690 1.1.1.3 christos name, opcodename);
3691 1.1.1.3 christos return ret;
3692 1.1.1.3 christos }
3693 1.1.1.3 christos
3694 1.1.1.5 christos /* All the symbol types that are allowed to be used for
3695 1.1.1.5 christos relaxation. */
3696 1.1.1.5 christos
3697 1.1.1.8 christos static bool
3698 1.1.1.5 christos may_relax_expr (expressionS tok)
3699 1.1.1.5 christos {
3700 1.1.1.5 christos /* Check if we have unrelaxable relocs. */
3701 1.1.1.5 christos switch (tok.X_md)
3702 1.1.1.5 christos {
3703 1.1.1.5 christos default:
3704 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3705 1.1.1.5 christos case O_plt:
3706 1.1.1.8 christos return false;
3707 1.1.1.5 christos }
3708 1.1.1.5 christos
3709 1.1.1.5 christos switch (tok.X_op)
3710 1.1.1.5 christos {
3711 1.1.1.5 christos case O_symbol:
3712 1.1.1.5 christos case O_multiply:
3713 1.1.1.5 christos case O_divide:
3714 1.1.1.5 christos case O_modulus:
3715 1.1.1.5 christos case O_add:
3716 1.1.1.5 christos case O_subtract:
3717 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3718 1.1.1.5 christos
3719 1.1.1.5 christos default:
3720 1.1.1.8 christos return false;
3721 1.1.1.5 christos }
3722 1.1.1.8 christos return true;
3723 1.1.1.5 christos }
3724 1.1.1.5 christos
3725 1.1.1.5 christos /* Checks if flags are in line with relaxable insn. */
3726 1.1.1.5 christos
3727 1.1.1.8 christos static bool
3728 1.1.1.5 christos relaxable_flag (const struct arc_relaxable_ins *ins,
3729 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_flags *pflags,
3730 1.1.1.5 christos int nflgs)
3731 1.1.1.5 christos {
3732 1.1.1.5 christos unsigned flag_class,
3733 1.1.1.5 christos flag,
3734 1.1.1.5 christos flag_class_idx = 0,
3735 1.1.1.5 christos flag_idx = 0;
3736 1.1.1.5 christos
3737 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_flag_operand *flag_opand;
3738 1.1.1.5 christos int i, counttrue = 0;
3739 1.1.1.5 christos
3740 1.1.1.5 christos /* Iterate through flags classes. */
3741 1.1.1.5 christos while ((flag_class = ins->flag_classes[flag_class_idx]) != 0)
3742 1.1.1.5 christos {
3743 1.1.1.5 christos /* Iterate through flags in flag class. */
3744 1.1.1.5 christos while ((flag = arc_flag_classes[flag_class].flags[flag_idx])
3745 1.1.1.5 christos != 0)
3746 1.1.1.5 christos {
3747 1.1.1.5 christos flag_opand = &arc_flag_operands[flag];
3748 1.1.1.5 christos /* Iterate through flags in ins to compare. */
3749 1.1.1.5 christos for (i = 0; i < nflgs; ++i)
3750 1.1.1.5 christos {
3751 1.1.1.5 christos if (strcmp (flag_opand->name, pflags[i].name) == 0)
3752 1.1.1.5 christos ++counttrue;
3753 1.1.1.5 christos }
3754 1.1.1.5 christos
3755 1.1.1.5 christos ++flag_idx;
3756 1.1.1.5 christos }
3757 1.1.1.5 christos
3758 1.1.1.5 christos ++flag_class_idx;
3759 1.1.1.5 christos flag_idx = 0;
3760 1.1.1.5 christos }
3761 1.1.1.5 christos
3762 1.1.1.5 christos /* If counttrue == nflgs, then all flags have been found. */
3763 1.1.1.8 christos return counttrue == nflgs;
3764 1.1.1.5 christos }
3765 1.1.1.5 christos
3766 1.1.1.5 christos /* Checks if operands are in line with relaxable insn. */
3767 1.1.1.5 christos
3768 1.1.1.8 christos static bool
3769 1.1.1.5 christos relaxable_operand (const struct arc_relaxable_ins *ins,
3770 1.1.1.5 christos const expressionS *tok,
3771 1.1.1.5 christos int ntok)
3772 1.1.1.5 christos {
3773 1.1.1.5 christos const enum rlx_operand_type *operand = &ins->operands[0];
3774 1.1.1.5 christos int i = 0;
3775 1.1.1.5 christos
3776 1.1.1.5 christos while (*operand != EMPTY)
3777 1.1.1.5 christos {
3778 1.1.1.5 christos const expressionS *epr = &tok[i];
3779 1.1.1.5 christos
3780 1.1.1.5 christos if (i != 0 && i >= ntok)
3781 1.1.1.8 christos return false;
3782 1.1.1.5 christos
3783 1.1.1.5 christos switch (*operand)
3784 1.1.1.5 christos {
3785 1.1.1.5 christos case IMMEDIATE:
3786 1.1.1.5 christos if (!(epr->X_op == O_multiply
3787 1.1.1.5 christos || epr->X_op == O_divide
3788 1.1.1.5 christos || epr->X_op == O_modulus
3789 1.1.1.5 christos || epr->X_op == O_add
3790 1.1.1.5 christos || epr->X_op == O_subtract
3791 1.1.1.5 christos || epr->X_op == O_symbol))
3792 1.1.1.8 christos return false;
3793 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3794 1.1.1.5 christos
3795 1.1.1.5 christos case REGISTER_DUP:
3796 1.1.1.5 christos if ((i <= 0)
3797 1.1.1.5 christos || (epr->X_add_number != tok[i - 1].X_add_number))
3798 1.1.1.8 christos return false;
3799 1.1.1.5 christos /* Fall through. */
3800 1.1.1.5 christos case REGISTER:
3801 1.1.1.5 christos if (epr->X_op != O_register)
3802 1.1.1.8 christos return false;
3803 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3804 1.1.1.5 christos
3805 1.1.1.5 christos case REGISTER_S:
3806 1.1.1.5 christos if (epr->X_op != O_register)
3807 1.1.1.8 christos return false;
3808 1.1.1.5 christos
3809 1.1.1.5 christos switch (epr->X_add_number)
3810 1.1.1.5 christos {
3811 1.1.1.5 christos case 0: case 1: case 2: case 3:
3812 1.1.1.5 christos case 12: case 13: case 14: case 15:
3813 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3814 1.1.1.5 christos default:
3815 1.1.1.8 christos return false;
3816 1.1.1.5 christos }
3817 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3818 1.1.1.5 christos
3819 1.1.1.5 christos case REGISTER_NO_GP:
3820 1.1.1.5 christos if ((epr->X_op != O_register)
3821 1.1.1.5 christos || (epr->X_add_number == 26)) /* 26 is the gp register. */
3822 1.1.1.8 christos return false;
3823 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3824 1.1.1.5 christos
3825 1.1.1.5 christos case BRACKET:
3826 1.1.1.5 christos if (epr->X_op != O_bracket)
3827 1.1.1.8 christos return false;
3828 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3829 1.1.1.5 christos
3830 1.1.1.5 christos default:
3831 1.1.1.5 christos /* Don't understand, bail out. */
3832 1.1.1.8 christos return false;
3833 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3834 1.1.1.5 christos }
3835 1.1.1.5 christos
3836 1.1.1.5 christos ++i;
3837 1.1.1.5 christos operand = &ins->operands[i];
3838 1.1.1.5 christos }
3839 1.1.1.5 christos
3840 1.1.1.8 christos return i == ntok;
3841 1.1.1.5 christos }
3842 1.1.1.5 christos
3843 1.1.1.5 christos /* Return TRUE if this OPDCODE is a candidate for relaxation. */
3844 1.1.1.5 christos
3845 1.1.1.8 christos static bool
3846 1.1.1.5 christos relax_insn_p (const struct arc_opcode *opcode,
3847 1.1.1.5 christos const expressionS *tok,
3848 1.1.1.5 christos int ntok,
3849 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_flags *pflags,
3850 1.1.1.5 christos int nflg)
3851 1.1.1.5 christos {
3852 1.1.1.5 christos unsigned i;
3853 1.1.1.8 christos bool rv = false;
3854 1.1.1.5 christos
3855 1.1.1.5 christos /* Check the relaxation table. */
3856 1.1.1.5 christos for (i = 0; i < arc_num_relaxable_ins && relaxation_state; ++i)
3857 1.1.1.5 christos {
3858 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_relaxable_ins *arc_rlx_ins = &arc_relaxable_insns[i];
3859 1.1.1.5 christos
3860 1.1.1.5 christos if ((strcmp (opcode->name, arc_rlx_ins->mnemonic_r) == 0)
3861 1.1.1.5 christos && may_relax_expr (tok[arc_rlx_ins->opcheckidx])
3862 1.1.1.5 christos && relaxable_operand (arc_rlx_ins, tok, ntok)
3863 1.1.1.5 christos && relaxable_flag (arc_rlx_ins, pflags, nflg))
3864 1.1.1.5 christos {
3865 1.1.1.8 christos rv = true;
3866 1.1.1.5 christos frag_now->fr_subtype = arc_relaxable_insns[i].subtype;
3867 1.1.1.5 christos memcpy (&frag_now->tc_frag_data.tok, tok,
3868 1.1.1.5 christos sizeof (expressionS) * ntok);
3869 1.1.1.5 christos memcpy (&frag_now->tc_frag_data.pflags, pflags,
3870 1.1.1.5 christos sizeof (struct arc_flags) * nflg);
3871 1.1.1.5 christos frag_now->tc_frag_data.nflg = nflg;
3872 1.1.1.5 christos frag_now->tc_frag_data.ntok = ntok;
3873 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3874 1.1.1.5 christos }
3875 1.1.1.5 christos }
3876 1.1.1.5 christos
3877 1.1.1.5 christos return rv;
3878 1.1.1.5 christos }
3879 1.1.1.5 christos
3880 1.1.1.3 christos /* Turn an opcode description and a set of arguments into
3881 1.1.1.3 christos an instruction and a fixup. */
3882 1.1.1.3 christos
3883 1.1.1.3 christos static void
3884 1.1.1.3 christos assemble_insn (const struct arc_opcode *opcode,
3885 1.1.1.3 christos const expressionS *tok,
3886 1.1.1.3 christos int ntok,
3887 1.1.1.3 christos const struct arc_flags *pflags,
3888 1.1.1.3 christos int nflg,
3889 1.1.1.3 christos struct arc_insn *insn)
3890 1.1.1.3 christos {
3891 1.1.1.3 christos const expressionS *reloc_exp = NULL;
3892 1.1.1.6 christos unsigned long long image;
3893 1.1.1.3 christos const unsigned char *argidx;
3894 1.1.1.3 christos int i;
3895 1.1.1.3 christos int tokidx = 0;
3896 1.1.1.3 christos unsigned char pcrel = 0;
3897 1.1.1.8 christos bool needGOTSymbol;
3898 1.1.1.8 christos bool has_delay_slot = false;
3899 1.1.1.3 christos extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc = BFD_RELOC_UNUSED;
3900 1.1.1.3 christos
3901 1.1.1.3 christos memset (insn, 0, sizeof (*insn));
3902 1.1.1.3 christos image = opcode->opcode;
3903 1.1.1.3 christos
3904 1.1.1.6 christos pr_debug ("%s:%d: assemble_insn: %s using opcode %llx\n",
3905 1.1.1.3 christos frag_now->fr_file, frag_now->fr_line, opcode->name,
3906 1.1.1.3 christos opcode->opcode);
3907 1.1.1.3 christos
3908 1.1.1.3 christos /* Handle operands. */
3909 1.1.1.3 christos for (argidx = opcode->operands; *argidx; ++argidx)
3910 1.1.1.3 christos {
3911 1.1.1.3 christos const struct arc_operand *operand = &arc_operands[*argidx];
3912 1.1.1.10 christos const expressionS *t = NULL;
3913 1.1.1.3 christos
3914 1.1.1.6 christos if (ARC_OPERAND_IS_FAKE (operand))
3915 1.1.1.3 christos continue;
3916 1.1.1.3 christos
3917 1.1.1.3 christos if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_DUPLICATE)
3918 1.1.1.3 christos {
3919 1.1.1.3 christos /* Duplicate operand, already inserted. */
3920 1.1.1.3 christos tokidx ++;
3921 1.1.1.3 christos continue;
3922 1.1.1.3 christos }
3923 1.1.1.3 christos
3924 1.1.1.3 christos if (tokidx >= ntok)
3925 1.1.1.3 christos {
3926 1.1.1.3 christos abort ();
3927 1.1.1.3 christos }
3928 1.1.1.3 christos else
3929 1.1.1.3 christos t = &tok[tokidx++];
3930 1.1.1.3 christos
3931 1.1.1.3 christos /* Regardless if we have a reloc or not mark the instruction
3932 1.1.1.3 christos limm if it is the case. */
3933 1.1.1.3 christos if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_LIMM)
3934 1.1.1.8 christos insn->has_limm = true;
3935 1.1.1.3 christos
3936 1.1.1.3 christos switch (t->X_op)
3937 1.1.1.3 christos {
3938 1.1.1.3 christos case O_register:
3939 1.1.1.3 christos image = insert_operand (image, operand, regno (t->X_add_number),
3940 1.1.1.3 christos NULL, 0);
3941 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3942 1.1.1.3 christos
3943 1.1.1.3 christos case O_constant:
3944 1.1.1.3 christos image = insert_operand (image, operand, t->X_add_number, NULL, 0);
3945 1.1.1.3 christos reloc_exp = t;
3946 1.1.1.3 christos if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_LIMM)
3947 1.1.1.3 christos insn->limm = t->X_add_number;
3948 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3949 1.1.1.3 christos
3950 1.1.1.3 christos case O_bracket:
3951 1.1.1.6 christos case O_colon:
3952 1.1.1.6 christos case O_addrtype:
3953 1.1.1.6 christos /* Ignore brackets, colons, and address types. */
3954 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3955 1.1.1.3 christos
3956 1.1.1.3 christos case O_absent:
3957 1.1.1.3 christos gas_assert (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_IGNORE);
3958 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3959 1.1.1.3 christos
3960 1.1.1.3 christos case O_subtract:
3961 1.1.1.3 christos /* Maybe register range. */
3962 1.1.1.3 christos if ((t->X_add_number == 0)
3963 1.1.1.3 christos && contains_register (t->X_add_symbol)
3964 1.1.1.3 christos && contains_register (t->X_op_symbol))
3965 1.1.1.3 christos {
3966 1.1.1.3 christos int regs;
3967 1.1.1.3 christos
3968 1.1.1.3 christos regs = get_register (t->X_add_symbol);
3969 1.1.1.3 christos regs <<= 16;
3970 1.1.1.3 christos regs |= get_register (t->X_op_symbol);
3971 1.1.1.3 christos image = insert_operand (image, operand, regs, NULL, 0);
3972 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3973 1.1.1.3 christos }
3974 1.1.1.6 christos /* Fall through. */
3975 1.1.1.3 christos
3976 1.1.1.3 christos default:
3977 1.1.1.3 christos /* This operand needs a relocation. */
3978 1.1.1.8 christos needGOTSymbol = false;
3979 1.1.1.3 christos
3980 1.1.1.3 christos switch (t->X_md)
3981 1.1.1.3 christos {
3982 1.1.1.3 christos case O_plt:
3983 1.1.1.5 christos if (opcode->insn_class == JUMP)
3984 1.1.1.6 christos as_bad (_("Unable to use @plt relocation for insn %s"),
3985 1.1.1.6 christos opcode->name);
3986 1.1.1.8 christos needGOTSymbol = true;
3987 1.1.1.3 christos reloc = find_reloc ("plt", opcode->name,
3988 1.1.1.3 christos pflags, nflg,
3989 1.1.1.3 christos operand->default_reloc);
3990 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3991 1.1.1.3 christos
3992 1.1.1.3 christos case O_gotoff:
3993 1.1.1.3 christos case O_gotpc:
3994 1.1.1.8 christos needGOTSymbol = true;
3995 1.1.1.3 christos reloc = ARC_RELOC_TABLE (t->X_md)->reloc;
3996 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3997 1.1.1.3 christos case O_pcl:
3998 1.1.1.6 christos if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_LIMM)
3999 1.1.1.6 christos {
4000 1.1.1.6 christos reloc = ARC_RELOC_TABLE (t->X_md)->reloc;
4001 1.1.1.6 christos if (arc_opcode_len (opcode) == 2
4002 1.1.1.6 christos || opcode->insn_class == JUMP)
4003 1.1.1.6 christos as_bad (_("Unable to use @pcl relocation for insn %s"),
4004 1.1.1.6 christos opcode->name);
4005 1.1.1.6 christos }
4006 1.1.1.6 christos else
4007 1.1.1.6 christos {
4008 1.1.1.6 christos /* This is a relaxed operand which initially was
4009 1.1.1.6 christos limm, choose whatever we have defined in the
4010 1.1.1.6 christos opcode as reloc. */
4011 1.1.1.6 christos reloc = operand->default_reloc;
4012 1.1.1.6 christos }
4013 1.1.1.3 christos break;
4014 1.1.1.3 christos case O_sda:
4015 1.1.1.3 christos reloc = find_reloc ("sda", opcode->name,
4016 1.1.1.3 christos pflags, nflg,
4017 1.1.1.3 christos operand->default_reloc);
4018 1.1.1.3 christos break;
4019 1.1.1.3 christos case O_tlsgd:
4020 1.1.1.3 christos case O_tlsie:
4021 1.1.1.8 christos needGOTSymbol = true;
4022 1.1.1.3 christos /* Fall-through. */
4023 1.1.1.3 christos
4024 1.1.1.3 christos case O_tpoff:
4025 1.1.1.3 christos case O_dtpoff:
4026 1.1.1.3 christos reloc = ARC_RELOC_TABLE (t->X_md)->reloc;
4027 1.1.1.3 christos break;
4028 1.1.1.3 christos
4029 1.1.1.3 christos case O_tpoff9: /*FIXME! Check for the conditionality of
4030 1.1.1.3 christos the insn. */
4031 1.1.1.3 christos case O_dtpoff9: /*FIXME! Check for the conditionality of
4032 1.1.1.3 christos the insn. */
4033 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad (_("TLS_*_S9 relocs are not supported yet"));
4034 1.1.1.3 christos break;
4035 1.1.1.3 christos
4036 1.1.1.3 christos default:
4037 1.1.1.3 christos /* Just consider the default relocation. */
4038 1.1.1.3 christos reloc = operand->default_reloc;
4039 1.1.1.3 christos break;
4040 1.1.1.3 christos }
4041 1.1.1.3 christos
4042 1.1.1.3 christos if (needGOTSymbol && (GOT_symbol == NULL))
4043 1.1.1.3 christos GOT_symbol = symbol_find_or_make (GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_NAME);
4044 1.1.1.3 christos
4045 1.1.1.3 christos reloc_exp = t;
4046 1.1.1.3 christos
4047 1.1.1.3 christos #if 0
4048 1.1.1.3 christos if (reloc > 0)
4049 1.1.1.3 christos {
4050 1.1.1.3 christos /* sanity checks. */
4051 1.1.1.3 christos reloc_howto_type *reloc_howto
4052 1.1.1.10 christos = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, reloc);
4053 1.1.1.3 christos unsigned reloc_bitsize = reloc_howto->bitsize;
4054 1.1.1.3 christos if (reloc_howto->rightshift)
4055 1.1.1.3 christos reloc_bitsize -= reloc_howto->rightshift;
4056 1.1.1.3 christos if (reloc_bitsize != operand->bits)
4057 1.1.1.3 christos {
4058 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad (_("invalid relocation %s for field"),
4059 1.1.1.3 christos bfd_get_reloc_code_name (reloc));
4060 1.1.1.3 christos return;
4061 1.1.1.3 christos }
4062 1.1.1.3 christos }
4063 1.1.1.3 christos #endif
4064 1.1.1.3 christos if (insn->nfixups >= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS)
4065 1.1.1.3 christos as_fatal (_("too many fixups"));
4066 1.1.1.3 christos
4067 1.1.1.3 christos struct arc_fixup *fixup;
4068 1.1.1.3 christos fixup = &insn->fixups[insn->nfixups++];
4069 1.1.1.3 christos fixup->exp = *t;
4070 1.1.1.3 christos fixup->reloc = reloc;
4071 1.1.1.6 christos if ((int) reloc < 0)
4072 1.1.1.6 christos pcrel = (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_PCREL) ? 1 : 0;
4073 1.1.1.6 christos else
4074 1.1.1.6 christos {
4075 1.1.1.6 christos reloc_howto_type *reloc_howto =
4076 1.1.1.10 christos bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, fixup->reloc);
4077 1.1.1.6 christos pcrel = reloc_howto->pc_relative;
4078 1.1.1.6 christos }
4079 1.1.1.3 christos fixup->pcrel = pcrel;
4080 1.1.1.8 christos fixup->islong = (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_LIMM) != 0;
4081 1.1.1.3 christos break;
4082 1.1.1.3 christos }
4083 1.1.1.3 christos }
4084 1.1.1.3 christos
4085 1.1.1.3 christos /* Handle flags. */
4086 1.1.1.3 christos for (i = 0; i < nflg; i++)
4087 1.1.1.3 christos {
4088 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_flag_operand *flg_operand = pflags[i].flgp;
4089 1.1.1.3 christos
4090 1.1.1.3 christos /* Check if the instruction has a delay slot. */
4091 1.1.1.3 christos if (!strcmp (flg_operand->name, "d"))
4092 1.1.1.8 christos has_delay_slot = true;
4093 1.1.1.3 christos
4094 1.1.1.6 christos /* There is an exceptional case when we cannot insert a flag just as
4095 1.1.1.6 christos it is. On ARCv2 the '.t' and '.nt' flags must be handled in
4096 1.1.1.6 christos relation with the relative address. Unfortunately, some of the
4097 1.1.1.6 christos ARC700 extensions (NPS400) also have a '.nt' flag that should be
4098 1.1.1.6 christos handled in the normal way.
4099 1.1.1.6 christos
4100 1.1.1.6 christos Flag operands don't have an architecture field, so we can't
4101 1.1.1.6 christos directly validate that FLAG_OPERAND is valid for the current
4102 1.1.1.6 christos architecture, what we do instead is just validate that we're
4103 1.1.1.6 christos assembling for an ARCv2 architecture. */
4104 1.1.1.6 christos if ((selected_cpu.flags & ARC_OPCODE_ARCV2)
4105 1.1.1.6 christos && (!strcmp (flg_operand->name, "t")
4106 1.1.1.6 christos || !strcmp (flg_operand->name, "nt")))
4107 1.1.1.3 christos {
4108 1.1.1.3 christos unsigned bitYoperand = 0;
4109 1.1.1.3 christos /* FIXME! move selection bbit/brcc in arc-opc.c. */
4110 1.1.1.3 christos if (!strcmp (flg_operand->name, "t"))
4111 1.1.1.3 christos if (!strcmp (opcode->name, "bbit0")
4112 1.1.1.3 christos || !strcmp (opcode->name, "bbit1"))
4113 1.1.1.3 christos bitYoperand = arc_NToperand;
4114 1.1.1.3 christos else
4115 1.1.1.3 christos bitYoperand = arc_Toperand;
4116 1.1.1.3 christos else
4117 1.1.1.3 christos if (!strcmp (opcode->name, "bbit0")
4118 1.1.1.3 christos || !strcmp (opcode->name, "bbit1"))
4119 1.1.1.3 christos bitYoperand = arc_Toperand;
4120 1.1.1.3 christos else
4121 1.1.1.3 christos bitYoperand = arc_NToperand;
4122 1.1.1.3 christos
4123 1.1.1.3 christos gas_assert (reloc_exp != NULL);
4124 1.1.1.3 christos if (reloc_exp->X_op == O_constant)
4125 1.1.1.3 christos {
4126 1.1.1.3 christos /* Check if we have a constant and solved it
4127 1.1.1.3 christos immediately. */
4128 1.1.1.3 christos offsetT val = reloc_exp->X_add_number;
4129 1.1.1.3 christos image |= insert_operand (image, &arc_operands[bitYoperand],
4130 1.1.1.3 christos val, NULL, 0);
4131 1.1.1.3 christos }
4132 1.1.1.3 christos else
4133 1.1.1.3 christos {
4134 1.1.1.3 christos struct arc_fixup *fixup;
4135 1.1.1.3 christos
4136 1.1.1.3 christos if (insn->nfixups >= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS)
4137 1.1.1.3 christos as_fatal (_("too many fixups"));
4138 1.1.1.3 christos
4139 1.1.1.3 christos fixup = &insn->fixups[insn->nfixups++];
4140 1.1.1.3 christos fixup->exp = *reloc_exp;
4141 1.1.1.3 christos fixup->reloc = -bitYoperand;
4142 1.1.1.3 christos fixup->pcrel = pcrel;
4143 1.1.1.8 christos fixup->islong = false;
4144 1.1.1.3 christos }
4145 1.1.1.3 christos }
4146 1.1.1.3 christos else
4147 1.1.1.3 christos image |= (flg_operand->code & ((1 << flg_operand->bits) - 1))
4148 1.1.1.3 christos << flg_operand->shift;
4149 1.1.1.3 christos }
4150 1.1.1.3 christos
4151 1.1.1.5 christos insn->relax = relax_insn_p (opcode, tok, ntok, pflags, nflg);
4152 1.1.1.5 christos
4153 1.1.1.6 christos /* Instruction length. */
4154 1.1.1.6 christos insn->len = arc_opcode_len (opcode);
4155 1.1.1.5 christos
4156 1.1.1.5 christos insn->insn = image;
4157 1.1.1.5 christos
4158 1.1.1.5 christos /* Update last insn status. */
4159 1.1.1.5 christos arc_last_insns[1] = arc_last_insns[0];
4160 1.1.1.5 christos arc_last_insns[0].opcode = opcode;
4161 1.1.1.5 christos arc_last_insns[0].has_limm = insn->has_limm;
4162 1.1.1.5 christos arc_last_insns[0].has_delay_slot = has_delay_slot;
4163 1.1.1.5 christos
4164 1.1.1.5 christos /* Check if the current instruction is legally used. */
4165 1.1.1.5 christos if (arc_last_insns[1].has_delay_slot
4166 1.1.1.5 christos && is_br_jmp_insn_p (arc_last_insns[0].opcode))
4167 1.1.1.6 christos as_bad (_("Insn %s has a jump/branch instruction %s in its delay slot."),
4168 1.1.1.6 christos arc_last_insns[1].opcode->name,
4169 1.1.1.6 christos arc_last_insns[0].opcode->name);
4170 1.1.1.6 christos if (arc_last_insns[1].has_delay_slot
4171 1.1.1.6 christos && arc_last_insns[0].has_limm)
4172 1.1.1.6 christos as_bad (_("Insn %s has an instruction %s with limm in its delay slot."),
4173 1.1.1.6 christos arc_last_insns[1].opcode->name,
4174 1.1.1.6 christos arc_last_insns[0].opcode->name);
4175 1.1.1.3 christos }
4176 1.1.1.3 christos
4177 1.1.1.3 christos void
4178 1.1.1.3 christos arc_handle_align (fragS* fragP)
4179 1.1.1.3 christos {
4180 1.1.1.3 christos if ((fragP)->fr_type == rs_align_code)
4181 1.1.1.3 christos {
4182 1.1.1.3 christos char *dest = (fragP)->fr_literal + (fragP)->fr_fix;
4183 1.1.1.3 christos valueT count = ((fragP)->fr_next->fr_address
4184 1.1.1.3 christos - (fragP)->fr_address - (fragP)->fr_fix);
4185 1.1.1.3 christos
4186 1.1.1.3 christos (fragP)->fr_var = 2;
4187 1.1.1.3 christos
4188 1.1.1.3 christos if (count & 1)/* Padding in the gap till the next 2-byte
4189 1.1.1.3 christos boundary with 0s. */
4190 1.1.1.3 christos {
4191 1.1.1.3 christos (fragP)->fr_fix++;
4192 1.1.1.3 christos *dest++ = 0;
4193 1.1.1.3 christos }
4194 1.1.1.3 christos /* Writing nop_s. */
4195 1.1.1.3 christos md_number_to_chars (dest, NOP_OPCODE_S, 2);
4196 1.1.1.3 christos }
4197 1.1.1.3 christos }
4198 1.1.1.3 christos
4199 1.1.1.3 christos /* Here we decide which fixups can be adjusted to make them relative
4200 1.1.1.3 christos to the beginning of the section instead of the symbol. Basically
4201 1.1.1.3 christos we need to make sure that the dynamic relocations are done
4202 1.1.1.3 christos correctly, so in some cases we force the original symbol to be
4203 1.1.1.3 christos used. */
4204 1.1.1.3 christos
4205 1.1.1.3 christos int
4206 1.1.1.3 christos tc_arc_fix_adjustable (fixS *fixP)
4207 1.1.1.3 christos {
4208 1.1.1.3 christos
4209 1.1.1.3 christos /* Prevent all adjustments to global symbols. */
4210 1.1.1.3 christos if (S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy))
4211 1.1.1.3 christos return 0;
4212 1.1.1.3 christos if (S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy))
4213 1.1.1.3 christos return 0;
4214 1.1.1.3 christos
4215 1.1.1.3 christos /* Adjust_reloc_syms doesn't know about the GOT. */
4216 1.1.1.3 christos switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
4217 1.1.1.3 christos {
4218 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_GOTPC32:
4219 1.1.1.11 christos case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL:
4220 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25H_PCREL_PLT:
4221 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21H_PCREL_PLT:
4222 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25W_PCREL_PLT:
4223 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21W_PCREL_PLT:
4224 1.1.1.3 christos return 0;
4225 1.1.1.3 christos
4226 1.1.1.3 christos default:
4227 1.1.1.3 christos break;
4228 1.1.1.3 christos }
4229 1.1.1.3 christos
4230 1.1.1.5 christos return 1;
4231 1.1.1.3 christos }
4232 1.1.1.3 christos
4233 1.1.1.3 christos /* Compute the reloc type of an expression EXP. */
4234 1.1.1.3 christos
4235 1.1.1.3 christos static void
4236 1.1.1.3 christos arc_check_reloc (expressionS *exp,
4237 1.1.1.3 christos bfd_reloc_code_real_type *r_type_p)
4238 1.1.1.3 christos {
4239 1.1.1.3 christos if (*r_type_p == BFD_RELOC_32
4240 1.1.1.3 christos && exp->X_op == O_subtract
4241 1.1.1.3 christos && exp->X_op_symbol != NULL
4242 1.1.1.7 christos && S_GET_SEGMENT (exp->X_op_symbol) == now_seg)
4243 1.1.1.3 christos *r_type_p = BFD_RELOC_ARC_32_PCREL;
4244 1.1.1.3 christos }
4245 1.1.1.3 christos
4246 1.1.1.3 christos
4247 1.1.1.3 christos /* Add expression EXP of SIZE bytes to offset OFF of fragment FRAG. */
4248 1.1.1.3 christos
4249 1.1.1.3 christos void
4250 1.1.1.3 christos arc_cons_fix_new (fragS *frag,
4251 1.1.1.3 christos int off,
4252 1.1.1.3 christos int size,
4253 1.1.1.3 christos expressionS *exp,
4254 1.1.1.3 christos bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type)
4255 1.1.1.3 christos {
4256 1.1.1.3 christos r_type = BFD_RELOC_UNUSED;
4257 1.1.1.3 christos
4258 1.1.1.3 christos switch (size)
4259 1.1.1.3 christos {
4260 1.1.1.3 christos case 1:
4261 1.1.1.3 christos r_type = BFD_RELOC_8;
4262 1.1.1.3 christos break;
4263 1.1.1.3 christos
4264 1.1.1.3 christos case 2:
4265 1.1.1.3 christos r_type = BFD_RELOC_16;
4266 1.1.1.3 christos break;
4267 1.1.1.3 christos
4268 1.1.1.3 christos case 3:
4269 1.1.1.3 christos r_type = BFD_RELOC_24;
4270 1.1.1.3 christos break;
4271 1.1.1.3 christos
4272 1.1.1.3 christos case 4:
4273 1.1.1.3 christos r_type = BFD_RELOC_32;
4274 1.1.1.3 christos arc_check_reloc (exp, &r_type);
4275 1.1.1.3 christos break;
4276 1.1.1.3 christos
4277 1.1.1.3 christos case 8:
4278 1.1.1.3 christos r_type = BFD_RELOC_64;
4279 1.1.1.3 christos break;
4280 1.1.1.3 christos
4281 1.1.1.3 christos default:
4282 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad (_("unsupported BFD relocation size %u"), size);
4283 1.1.1.3 christos r_type = BFD_RELOC_UNUSED;
4284 1.1.1.3 christos }
4285 1.1.1.3 christos
4286 1.1.1.3 christos fix_new_exp (frag, off, size, exp, 0, r_type);
4287 1.1.1.3 christos }
4288 1.1.1.3 christos
4289 1.1.1.3 christos /* The actual routine that checks the ZOL conditions. */
4290 1.1.1.3 christos
4291 1.1.1.3 christos static void
4292 1.1.1.3 christos check_zol (symbolS *s)
4293 1.1.1.3 christos {
4294 1.1.1.6 christos switch (selected_cpu.mach)
4295 1.1.1.3 christos {
4296 1.1.1.3 christos case bfd_mach_arc_arcv2:
4297 1.1.1.6 christos if (selected_cpu.flags & ARC_OPCODE_ARCv2EM)
4298 1.1.1.3 christos return;
4299 1.1.1.3 christos
4300 1.1.1.3 christos if (is_br_jmp_insn_p (arc_last_insns[0].opcode)
4301 1.1.1.3 christos || arc_last_insns[1].has_delay_slot)
4302 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad (_("Jump/Branch instruction detected at the end of the ZOL label @%s"),
4303 1.1.1.3 christos S_GET_NAME (s));
4304 1.1.1.3 christos
4305 1.1.1.3 christos break;
4306 1.1.1.3 christos case bfd_mach_arc_arc600:
4307 1.1.1.3 christos
4308 1.1.1.3 christos if (is_kernel_insn_p (arc_last_insns[0].opcode))
4309 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad (_("Kernel instruction detected at the end of the ZOL label @%s"),
4310 1.1.1.3 christos S_GET_NAME (s));
4311 1.1.1.3 christos
4312 1.1.1.3 christos if (arc_last_insns[0].has_limm
4313 1.1.1.3 christos && is_br_jmp_insn_p (arc_last_insns[0].opcode))
4314 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad (_("A jump instruction with long immediate detected at the \
4315 1.1.1.3 christos end of the ZOL label @%s"), S_GET_NAME (s));
4316 1.1.1.3 christos
4317 1.1.1.3 christos /* Fall through. */
4318 1.1.1.3 christos case bfd_mach_arc_arc700:
4319 1.1.1.3 christos if (arc_last_insns[0].has_delay_slot)
4320 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad (_("An illegal use of delay slot detected at the end of the ZOL label @%s"),
4321 1.1.1.3 christos S_GET_NAME (s));
4322 1.1.1.3 christos
4323 1.1.1.3 christos break;
4324 1.1.1.3 christos default:
4325 1.1.1.3 christos break;
4326 1.1.1.3 christos }
4327 1.1.1.3 christos }
4328 1.1.1.3 christos
4329 1.1.1.3 christos /* If ZOL end check the last two instruction for illegals. */
4330 1.1.1.3 christos void
4331 1.1.1.3 christos arc_frob_label (symbolS * sym)
4332 1.1.1.3 christos {
4333 1.1.1.3 christos if (ARC_GET_FLAG (sym) & ARC_FLAG_ZOL)
4334 1.1.1.3 christos check_zol (sym);
4335 1.1.1.3 christos
4336 1.1.1.3 christos dwarf2_emit_label (sym);
4337 1.1 skrll }
4338 1.1.1.5 christos
4339 1.1.1.5 christos /* Used because generic relaxation assumes a pc-rel value whilst we
4340 1.1.1.5 christos also relax instructions that use an absolute value resolved out of
4341 1.1.1.5 christos relative values (if that makes any sense). An example: 'add r1,
4342 1.1.1.5 christos r2, @.L2 - .' The symbols . and @.L2 are relative to the section
4343 1.1.1.5 christos but if they're in the same section we can subtract the section
4344 1.1.1.5 christos offset relocation which ends up in a resolved value. So if @.L2 is
4345 1.1.1.5 christos .text + 0x50 and . is .text + 0x10, we can say that .text + 0x50 -
4346 1.1.1.5 christos .text + 0x40 = 0x10. */
4347 1.1.1.5 christos int
4348 1.1.1.5 christos arc_pcrel_adjust (fragS *fragP)
4349 1.1.1.5 christos {
4350 1.1.1.6 christos pr_debug ("arc_pcrel_adjust: address=%ld, fix=%ld, PCrel %s\n",
4351 1.1.1.6 christos fragP->fr_address, fragP->fr_fix,
4352 1.1.1.6 christos fragP->tc_frag_data.pcrel ? "Y" : "N");
4353 1.1.1.6 christos
4354 1.1.1.5 christos if (!fragP->tc_frag_data.pcrel)
4355 1.1.1.5 christos return fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix;
4356 1.1.1.5 christos
4357 1.1.1.6 christos /* Take into account the PCL rounding. */
4358 1.1.1.6 christos return (fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix) & 0x03;
4359 1.1.1.5 christos }
4360 1.1.1.5 christos
4361 1.1.1.5 christos /* Initialize the DWARF-2 unwind information for this procedure. */
4362 1.1.1.5 christos
4363 1.1.1.5 christos void
4364 1.1.1.5 christos tc_arc_frame_initial_instructions (void)
4365 1.1.1.5 christos {
4366 1.1.1.5 christos /* Stack pointer is register 28. */
4367 1.1.1.5 christos cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa (28, 0);
4368 1.1.1.5 christos }
4369 1.1.1.5 christos
4370 1.1.1.5 christos int
4371 1.1.1.5 christos tc_arc_regname_to_dw2regnum (char *regname)
4372 1.1.1.5 christos {
4373 1.1.1.5 christos struct symbol *sym;
4374 1.1.1.5 christos
4375 1.1.1.8 christos sym = str_hash_find (arc_reg_hash, regname);
4376 1.1.1.5 christos if (sym)
4377 1.1.1.5 christos return S_GET_VALUE (sym);
4378 1.1.1.5 christos
4379 1.1.1.5 christos return -1;
4380 1.1.1.5 christos }
4381 1.1.1.5 christos
4382 1.1.1.5 christos /* Adjust the symbol table. Delete found AUX register symbols. */
4383 1.1.1.5 christos
4384 1.1.1.5 christos void
4385 1.1.1.5 christos arc_adjust_symtab (void)
4386 1.1.1.5 christos {
4387 1.1.1.5 christos symbolS * sym;
4388 1.1.1.5 christos
4389 1.1.1.5 christos for (sym = symbol_rootP; sym != NULL; sym = symbol_next (sym))
4390 1.1.1.5 christos {
4391 1.1.1.5 christos /* I've created a symbol during parsing process. Now, remove
4392 1.1.1.5 christos the symbol as it is found to be an AUX register. */
4393 1.1.1.5 christos if (ARC_GET_FLAG (sym) & ARC_FLAG_AUX)
4394 1.1.1.5 christos symbol_remove (sym, &symbol_rootP, &symbol_lastP);
4395 1.1.1.5 christos }
4396 1.1.1.5 christos
4397 1.1.1.5 christos /* Now do generic ELF adjustments. */
4398 1.1.1.5 christos elf_adjust_symtab ();
4399 1.1.1.5 christos }
4400 1.1.1.5 christos
4401 1.1.1.5 christos static void
4402 1.1.1.5 christos tokenize_extinsn (extInstruction_t *einsn)
4403 1.1.1.5 christos {
4404 1.1.1.5 christos char *p, c;
4405 1.1.1.5 christos char *insn_name;
4406 1.1.1.5 christos unsigned char major_opcode;
4407 1.1.1.5 christos unsigned char sub_opcode;
4408 1.1.1.5 christos unsigned char syntax_class = 0;
4409 1.1.1.5 christos unsigned char syntax_class_modifiers = 0;
4410 1.1.1.5 christos unsigned char suffix_class = 0;
4411 1.1.1.5 christos unsigned int i;
4412 1.1.1.5 christos
4413 1.1.1.5 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4414 1.1.1.5 christos
4415 1.1.1.5 christos /* 1st: get instruction name. */
4416 1.1.1.5 christos p = input_line_pointer;
4417 1.1.1.5 christos c = get_symbol_name (&p);
4418 1.1.1.5 christos
4419 1.1.1.5 christos insn_name = xstrdup (p);
4420 1.1.1.5 christos restore_line_pointer (c);
4421 1.1.1.5 christos
4422 1.1.1.7 christos /* Convert to lower case. */
4423 1.1.1.7 christos for (p = insn_name; *p; ++p)
4424 1.1.1.7 christos *p = TOLOWER (*p);
4425 1.1.1.7 christos
4426 1.1.1.5 christos /* 2nd: get major opcode. */
4427 1.1.1.5 christos if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
4428 1.1.1.5 christos {
4429 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad (_("expected comma after instruction name"));
4430 1.1.1.5 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4431 1.1.1.5 christos return;
4432 1.1.1.5 christos }
4433 1.1.1.5 christos input_line_pointer++;
4434 1.1.1.5 christos major_opcode = get_absolute_expression ();
4435 1.1.1.5 christos
4436 1.1.1.5 christos /* 3rd: get sub-opcode. */
4437 1.1.1.5 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4438 1.1.1.5 christos
4439 1.1.1.5 christos if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
4440 1.1.1.5 christos {
4441 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad (_("expected comma after major opcode"));
4442 1.1.1.5 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4443 1.1.1.5 christos return;
4444 1.1.1.5 christos }
4445 1.1.1.5 christos input_line_pointer++;
4446 1.1.1.5 christos sub_opcode = get_absolute_expression ();
4447 1.1.1.5 christos
4448 1.1.1.5 christos /* 4th: get suffix class. */
4449 1.1.1.5 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4450 1.1.1.5 christos
4451 1.1.1.5 christos if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
4452 1.1.1.5 christos {
4453 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad ("expected comma after sub opcode");
4454 1.1.1.5 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4455 1.1.1.5 christos return;
4456 1.1.1.5 christos }
4457 1.1.1.5 christos input_line_pointer++;
4458 1.1.1.5 christos
4459 1.1.1.5 christos while (1)
4460 1.1.1.5 christos {
4461 1.1.1.5 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4462 1.1.1.5 christos
4463 1.1.1.5 christos for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (suffixclass); i++)
4464 1.1.1.5 christos {
4465 1.1.1.5 christos if (!strncmp (suffixclass[i].name, input_line_pointer,
4466 1.1.1.5 christos suffixclass[i].len))
4467 1.1.1.5 christos {
4468 1.1.1.5 christos suffix_class |= suffixclass[i].attr_class;
4469 1.1.1.5 christos input_line_pointer += suffixclass[i].len;
4470 1.1.1.5 christos break;
4471 1.1.1.5 christos }
4472 1.1.1.5 christos }
4473 1.1.1.5 christos
4474 1.1.1.5 christos if (i == ARRAY_SIZE (suffixclass))
4475 1.1.1.5 christos {
4476 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad ("invalid suffix class");
4477 1.1.1.5 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4478 1.1.1.5 christos return;
4479 1.1.1.5 christos }
4480 1.1.1.5 christos
4481 1.1.1.5 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4482 1.1.1.5 christos
4483 1.1.1.5 christos if (*input_line_pointer == '|')
4484 1.1.1.5 christos input_line_pointer++;
4485 1.1.1.5 christos else
4486 1.1.1.5 christos break;
4487 1.1.1.5 christos }
4488 1.1.1.5 christos
4489 1.1.1.5 christos /* 5th: get syntax class and syntax class modifiers. */
4490 1.1.1.5 christos if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
4491 1.1.1.5 christos {
4492 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad ("expected comma after suffix class");
4493 1.1.1.5 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4494 1.1.1.5 christos return;
4495 1.1.1.5 christos }
4496 1.1.1.5 christos input_line_pointer++;
4497 1.1.1.5 christos
4498 1.1.1.5 christos while (1)
4499 1.1.1.5 christos {
4500 1.1.1.5 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4501 1.1.1.5 christos
4502 1.1.1.5 christos for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (syntaxclassmod); i++)
4503 1.1.1.5 christos {
4504 1.1.1.5 christos if (!strncmp (syntaxclassmod[i].name,
4505 1.1.1.5 christos input_line_pointer,
4506 1.1.1.5 christos syntaxclassmod[i].len))
4507 1.1.1.5 christos {
4508 1.1.1.5 christos syntax_class_modifiers |= syntaxclassmod[i].attr_class;
4509 1.1.1.5 christos input_line_pointer += syntaxclassmod[i].len;
4510 1.1.1.5 christos break;
4511 1.1.1.5 christos }
4512 1.1.1.5 christos }
4513 1.1.1.5 christos
4514 1.1.1.5 christos if (i == ARRAY_SIZE (syntaxclassmod))
4515 1.1.1.5 christos {
4516 1.1.1.5 christos for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (syntaxclass); i++)
4517 1.1.1.5 christos {
4518 1.1.1.5 christos if (!strncmp (syntaxclass[i].name,
4519 1.1.1.5 christos input_line_pointer,
4520 1.1.1.5 christos syntaxclass[i].len))
4521 1.1.1.5 christos {
4522 1.1.1.5 christos syntax_class |= syntaxclass[i].attr_class;
4523 1.1.1.5 christos input_line_pointer += syntaxclass[i].len;
4524 1.1.1.5 christos break;
4525 1.1.1.5 christos }
4526 1.1.1.5 christos }
4527 1.1.1.5 christos
4528 1.1.1.5 christos if (i == ARRAY_SIZE (syntaxclass))
4529 1.1.1.5 christos {
4530 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad ("missing syntax class");
4531 1.1.1.5 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4532 1.1.1.5 christos return;
4533 1.1.1.5 christos }
4534 1.1.1.5 christos }
4535 1.1.1.5 christos
4536 1.1.1.5 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4537 1.1.1.5 christos
4538 1.1.1.5 christos if (*input_line_pointer == '|')
4539 1.1.1.5 christos input_line_pointer++;
4540 1.1.1.5 christos else
4541 1.1.1.5 christos break;
4542 1.1.1.5 christos }
4543 1.1.1.5 christos
4544 1.1.1.5 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4545 1.1.1.5 christos
4546 1.1.1.5 christos einsn->name = insn_name;
4547 1.1.1.5 christos einsn->major = major_opcode;
4548 1.1.1.5 christos einsn->minor = sub_opcode;
4549 1.1.1.5 christos einsn->syntax = syntax_class;
4550 1.1.1.5 christos einsn->modsyn = syntax_class_modifiers;
4551 1.1.1.5 christos einsn->suffix = suffix_class;
4552 1.1.1.5 christos einsn->flags = syntax_class
4553 1.1.1.5 christos | (syntax_class_modifiers & ARC_OP1_IMM_IMPLIED ? 0x10 : 0);
4554 1.1.1.5 christos }
4555 1.1.1.5 christos
4556 1.1.1.5 christos /* Generate an extension section. */
4557 1.1.1.5 christos
4558 1.1.1.5 christos static int
4559 1.1.1.5 christos arc_set_ext_seg (void)
4560 1.1.1.5 christos {
4561 1.1.1.5 christos if (!arcext_section)
4562 1.1.1.5 christos {
4563 1.1.1.5 christos arcext_section = subseg_new (".arcextmap", 0);
4564 1.1.1.7 christos bfd_set_section_flags (arcext_section, SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
4565 1.1.1.5 christos }
4566 1.1.1.5 christos else
4567 1.1.1.5 christos subseg_set (arcext_section, 0);
4568 1.1.1.5 christos return 1;
4569 1.1.1.5 christos }
4570 1.1.1.5 christos
4571 1.1.1.5 christos /* Create an extension instruction description in the arc extension
4572 1.1.1.5 christos section of the output file.
4573 1.1.1.5 christos The structure for an instruction is like this:
4574 1.1.1.5 christos [0]: Length of the record.
4575 1.1.1.5 christos [1]: Type of the record.
4576 1.1.1.5 christos
4577 1.1.1.5 christos [2]: Major opcode.
4578 1.1.1.5 christos [3]: Sub-opcode.
4579 1.1.1.5 christos [4]: Syntax (flags).
4580 1.1.1.5 christos [5]+ Name instruction.
4581 1.1.1.5 christos
4582 1.1.1.5 christos The sequence is terminated by an empty entry. */
4583 1.1.1.5 christos
4584 1.1.1.5 christos static void
4585 1.1.1.5 christos create_extinst_section (extInstruction_t *einsn)
4586 1.1.1.5 christos {
4587 1.1.1.5 christos
4588 1.1.1.5 christos segT old_sec = now_seg;
4589 1.1.1.5 christos int old_subsec = now_subseg;
4590 1.1.1.5 christos char *p;
4591 1.1.1.5 christos int name_len = strlen (einsn->name);
4592 1.1.1.5 christos
4593 1.1.1.5 christos arc_set_ext_seg ();
4594 1.1.1.5 christos
4595 1.1.1.5 christos p = frag_more (1);
4596 1.1.1.5 christos *p = 5 + name_len + 1;
4597 1.1.1.5 christos p = frag_more (1);
4598 1.1.1.5 christos *p = EXT_INSTRUCTION;
4599 1.1.1.5 christos p = frag_more (1);
4600 1.1.1.5 christos *p = einsn->major;
4601 1.1.1.5 christos p = frag_more (1);
4602 1.1.1.5 christos *p = einsn->minor;
4603 1.1.1.5 christos p = frag_more (1);
4604 1.1.1.5 christos *p = einsn->flags;
4605 1.1.1.5 christos p = frag_more (name_len + 1);
4606 1.1.1.5 christos strcpy (p, einsn->name);
4607 1.1.1.5 christos
4608 1.1.1.5 christos subseg_set (old_sec, old_subsec);
4609 1.1.1.5 christos }
4610 1.1.1.5 christos
4611 1.1.1.5 christos /* Handler .extinstruction pseudo-op. */
4612 1.1.1.5 christos
4613 1.1.1.5 christos static void
4614 1.1.1.5 christos arc_extinsn (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4615 1.1.1.5 christos {
4616 1.1.1.5 christos extInstruction_t einsn;
4617 1.1.1.5 christos struct arc_opcode *arc_ext_opcodes;
4618 1.1.1.5 christos const char *errmsg = NULL;
4619 1.1.1.5 christos unsigned char moplow, mophigh;
4620 1.1.1.5 christos
4621 1.1.1.5 christos memset (&einsn, 0, sizeof (einsn));
4622 1.1.1.5 christos tokenize_extinsn (&einsn);
4623 1.1.1.5 christos
4624 1.1.1.5 christos /* Check if the name is already used. */
4625 1.1.1.5 christos if (arc_find_opcode (einsn.name))
4626 1.1.1.5 christos as_warn (_("Pseudocode already used %s"), einsn.name);
4627 1.1.1.5 christos
4628 1.1.1.5 christos /* Check the opcode ranges. */
4629 1.1.1.5 christos moplow = 0x05;
4630 1.1.1.6 christos mophigh = (selected_cpu.flags & (ARC_OPCODE_ARCv2EM
4631 1.1.1.6 christos | ARC_OPCODE_ARCv2HS)) ? 0x07 : 0x0a;
4632 1.1.1.5 christos
4633 1.1.1.5 christos if ((einsn.major > mophigh) || (einsn.major < moplow))
4634 1.1.1.5 christos as_fatal (_("major opcode not in range [0x%02x - 0x%02x]"), moplow, mophigh);
4635 1.1.1.5 christos
4636 1.1.1.5 christos if ((einsn.minor > 0x3f) && (einsn.major != 0x0a)
4637 1.1.1.5 christos && (einsn.major != 5) && (einsn.major != 9))
4638 1.1.1.5 christos as_fatal (_("minor opcode not in range [0x00 - 0x3f]"));
4639 1.1.1.5 christos
4640 1.1.1.5 christos switch (einsn.syntax & ARC_SYNTAX_MASK)
4641 1.1.1.5 christos {
4642 1.1.1.5 christos case ARC_SYNTAX_3OP:
4643 1.1.1.5 christos if (einsn.modsyn & ARC_OP1_IMM_IMPLIED)
4644 1.1.1.5 christos as_fatal (_("Improper use of OP1_IMM_IMPLIED"));
4645 1.1.1.5 christos break;
4646 1.1.1.5 christos case ARC_SYNTAX_2OP:
4647 1.1.1.5 christos case ARC_SYNTAX_1OP:
4648 1.1.1.5 christos case ARC_SYNTAX_NOP:
4649 1.1.1.5 christos if (einsn.modsyn & ARC_OP1_MUST_BE_IMM)
4650 1.1.1.5 christos as_fatal (_("Improper use of OP1_MUST_BE_IMM"));
4651 1.1.1.5 christos break;
4652 1.1.1.5 christos default:
4653 1.1.1.5 christos break;
4654 1.1.1.5 christos }
4655 1.1.1.5 christos
4656 1.1.1.6 christos arc_ext_opcodes = arcExtMap_genOpcode (&einsn, selected_cpu.flags, &errmsg);
4657 1.1.1.5 christos if (arc_ext_opcodes == NULL)
4658 1.1.1.5 christos {
4659 1.1.1.5 christos if (errmsg)
4660 1.1.1.5 christos as_fatal ("%s", errmsg);
4661 1.1.1.5 christos else
4662 1.1.1.5 christos as_fatal (_("Couldn't generate extension instruction opcodes"));
4663 1.1.1.5 christos }
4664 1.1.1.5 christos else if (errmsg)
4665 1.1.1.5 christos as_warn ("%s", errmsg);
4666 1.1.1.5 christos
4667 1.1.1.5 christos /* Insert the extension instruction. */
4668 1.1.1.10 christos arc_insert_opcode (arc_ext_opcodes);
4669 1.1.1.5 christos
4670 1.1.1.5 christos create_extinst_section (&einsn);
4671 1.1.1.5 christos }
4672 1.1.1.5 christos
4673 1.1.1.8 christos static bool
4674 1.1.1.5 christos tokenize_extregister (extRegister_t *ereg, int opertype)
4675 1.1.1.5 christos {
4676 1.1.1.5 christos char *name;
4677 1.1.1.5 christos char *mode;
4678 1.1.1.5 christos char c;
4679 1.1.1.5 christos char *p;
4680 1.1.1.5 christos int number, imode = 0;
4681 1.1.1.8 christos bool isCore_p = opertype == EXT_CORE_REGISTER;
4682 1.1.1.8 christos bool isReg_p = opertype == EXT_CORE_REGISTER || opertype == EXT_AUX_REGISTER;
4683 1.1.1.5 christos
4684 1.1.1.5 christos /* 1st: get register name. */
4685 1.1.1.5 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4686 1.1.1.5 christos p = input_line_pointer;
4687 1.1.1.5 christos c = get_symbol_name (&p);
4688 1.1.1.5 christos
4689 1.1.1.5 christos name = xstrdup (p);
4690 1.1.1.5 christos restore_line_pointer (c);
4691 1.1.1.5 christos
4692 1.1.1.5 christos /* 2nd: get register number. */
4693 1.1.1.5 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4694 1.1.1.5 christos
4695 1.1.1.5 christos if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
4696 1.1.1.5 christos {
4697 1.1.1.6 christos as_bad (_("expected comma after name"));
4698 1.1.1.5 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4699 1.1.1.5 christos free (name);
4700 1.1.1.8 christos return false;
4701 1.1.1.5 christos }
4702 1.1.1.5 christos input_line_pointer++;
4703 1.1.1.5 christos number = get_absolute_expression ();
4704 1.1.1.5 christos
4705 1.1.1.6 christos if ((number < 0)
4706 1.1.1.6 christos && (opertype != EXT_AUX_REGISTER))
4707 1.1.1.5 christos {
4708 1.1.1.6 christos as_bad (_("%s second argument cannot be a negative number %d"),
4709 1.1.1.6 christos isCore_p ? "extCoreRegister's" : "extCondCode's",
4710 1.1.1.6 christos number);
4711 1.1.1.5 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4712 1.1.1.5 christos free (name);
4713 1.1.1.8 christos return false;
4714 1.1.1.5 christos }
4715 1.1.1.5 christos
4716 1.1.1.5 christos if (isReg_p)
4717 1.1.1.5 christos {
4718 1.1.1.5 christos /* 3rd: get register mode. */
4719 1.1.1.5 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4720 1.1.1.5 christos
4721 1.1.1.5 christos if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
4722 1.1.1.5 christos {
4723 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad (_("expected comma after register number"));
4724 1.1.1.5 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4725 1.1.1.5 christos free (name);
4726 1.1.1.8 christos return false;
4727 1.1.1.5 christos }
4728 1.1.1.5 christos
4729 1.1.1.5 christos input_line_pointer++;
4730 1.1.1.5 christos mode = input_line_pointer;
4731 1.1.1.5 christos
4732 1.1.1.8 christos if (startswith (mode, "r|w"))
4733 1.1.1.5 christos {
4734 1.1.1.5 christos imode = 0;
4735 1.1.1.5 christos input_line_pointer += 3;
4736 1.1.1.5 christos }
4737 1.1.1.8 christos else if (startswith (mode, "r"))
4738 1.1.1.5 christos {
4739 1.1.1.5 christos imode = ARC_REGISTER_READONLY;
4740 1.1.1.5 christos input_line_pointer += 1;
4741 1.1.1.5 christos }
4742 1.1.1.8 christos else if (!startswith (mode, "w"))
4743 1.1.1.5 christos {
4744 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad (_("invalid mode"));
4745 1.1.1.5 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4746 1.1.1.5 christos free (name);
4747 1.1.1.8 christos return false;
4748 1.1.1.5 christos }
4749 1.1.1.5 christos else
4750 1.1.1.5 christos {
4751 1.1.1.5 christos imode = ARC_REGISTER_WRITEONLY;
4752 1.1.1.5 christos input_line_pointer += 1;
4753 1.1.1.5 christos }
4754 1.1.1.5 christos }
4755 1.1.1.5 christos
4756 1.1.1.5 christos if (isCore_p)
4757 1.1.1.5 christos {
4758 1.1.1.5 christos /* 4th: get core register shortcut. */
4759 1.1.1.5 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4760 1.1.1.5 christos if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
4761 1.1.1.5 christos {
4762 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad (_("expected comma after register mode"));
4763 1.1.1.5 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4764 1.1.1.5 christos free (name);
4765 1.1.1.8 christos return false;
4766 1.1.1.5 christos }
4767 1.1.1.5 christos
4768 1.1.1.5 christos input_line_pointer++;
4769 1.1.1.5 christos
4770 1.1.1.8 christos if (startswith (input_line_pointer, "cannot_shortcut"))
4771 1.1.1.5 christos {
4772 1.1.1.5 christos imode |= ARC_REGISTER_NOSHORT_CUT;
4773 1.1.1.5 christos input_line_pointer += 15;
4774 1.1.1.5 christos }
4775 1.1.1.8 christos else if (!startswith (input_line_pointer, "can_shortcut"))
4776 1.1.1.5 christos {
4777 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad (_("shortcut designator invalid"));
4778 1.1.1.5 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4779 1.1.1.5 christos free (name);
4780 1.1.1.8 christos return false;
4781 1.1.1.5 christos }
4782 1.1.1.5 christos else
4783 1.1.1.5 christos {
4784 1.1.1.5 christos input_line_pointer += 12;
4785 1.1.1.5 christos }
4786 1.1.1.5 christos }
4787 1.1.1.5 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4788 1.1.1.5 christos
4789 1.1.1.5 christos ereg->name = name;
4790 1.1.1.5 christos ereg->number = number;
4791 1.1.1.5 christos ereg->imode = imode;
4792 1.1.1.8 christos return true;
4793 1.1.1.5 christos }
4794 1.1.1.5 christos
4795 1.1.1.5 christos /* Create an extension register/condition description in the arc
4796 1.1.1.5 christos extension section of the output file.
4797 1.1.1.5 christos
4798 1.1.1.5 christos The structure for an instruction is like this:
4799 1.1.1.5 christos [0]: Length of the record.
4800 1.1.1.5 christos [1]: Type of the record.
4801 1.1.1.5 christos
4802 1.1.1.5 christos For core regs and condition codes:
4803 1.1.1.5 christos [2]: Value.
4804 1.1.1.5 christos [3]+ Name.
4805 1.1.1.5 christos
4806 1.1.1.6 christos For auxiliary registers:
4807 1.1.1.5 christos [2..5]: Value.
4808 1.1.1.5 christos [6]+ Name
4809 1.1.1.5 christos
4810 1.1.1.5 christos The sequence is terminated by an empty entry. */
4811 1.1.1.5 christos
4812 1.1.1.5 christos static void
4813 1.1.1.5 christos create_extcore_section (extRegister_t *ereg, int opertype)
4814 1.1.1.5 christos {
4815 1.1.1.5 christos segT old_sec = now_seg;
4816 1.1.1.5 christos int old_subsec = now_subseg;
4817 1.1.1.5 christos char *p;
4818 1.1.1.5 christos int name_len = strlen (ereg->name);
4819 1.1.1.5 christos
4820 1.1.1.5 christos arc_set_ext_seg ();
4821 1.1.1.5 christos
4822 1.1.1.5 christos switch (opertype)
4823 1.1.1.5 christos {
4824 1.1.1.5 christos case EXT_COND_CODE:
4825 1.1.1.5 christos case EXT_CORE_REGISTER:
4826 1.1.1.5 christos p = frag_more (1);
4827 1.1.1.5 christos *p = 3 + name_len + 1;
4828 1.1.1.5 christos p = frag_more (1);
4829 1.1.1.5 christos *p = opertype;
4830 1.1.1.5 christos p = frag_more (1);
4831 1.1.1.5 christos *p = ereg->number;
4832 1.1.1.5 christos break;
4833 1.1.1.5 christos case EXT_AUX_REGISTER:
4834 1.1.1.5 christos p = frag_more (1);
4835 1.1.1.5 christos *p = 6 + name_len + 1;
4836 1.1.1.5 christos p = frag_more (1);
4837 1.1.1.5 christos *p = EXT_AUX_REGISTER;
4838 1.1.1.5 christos p = frag_more (1);
4839 1.1.1.5 christos *p = (ereg->number >> 24) & 0xff;
4840 1.1.1.5 christos p = frag_more (1);
4841 1.1.1.5 christos *p = (ereg->number >> 16) & 0xff;
4842 1.1.1.5 christos p = frag_more (1);
4843 1.1.1.5 christos *p = (ereg->number >> 8) & 0xff;
4844 1.1.1.5 christos p = frag_more (1);
4845 1.1.1.5 christos *p = (ereg->number) & 0xff;
4846 1.1.1.5 christos break;
4847 1.1.1.5 christos default:
4848 1.1.1.5 christos break;
4849 1.1.1.5 christos }
4850 1.1.1.5 christos
4851 1.1.1.5 christos p = frag_more (name_len + 1);
4852 1.1.1.5 christos strcpy (p, ereg->name);
4853 1.1.1.5 christos
4854 1.1.1.5 christos subseg_set (old_sec, old_subsec);
4855 1.1.1.5 christos }
4856 1.1.1.5 christos
4857 1.1.1.5 christos /* Handler .extCoreRegister pseudo-op. */
4858 1.1.1.5 christos
4859 1.1.1.5 christos static void
4860 1.1.1.5 christos arc_extcorereg (int opertype)
4861 1.1.1.5 christos {
4862 1.1.1.5 christos extRegister_t ereg;
4863 1.1.1.5 christos struct arc_aux_reg *auxr;
4864 1.1.1.5 christos struct arc_flag_operand *ccode;
4865 1.1.1.5 christos
4866 1.1.1.5 christos memset (&ereg, 0, sizeof (ereg));
4867 1.1.1.6 christos if (!tokenize_extregister (&ereg, opertype))
4868 1.1.1.6 christos return;
4869 1.1.1.5 christos
4870 1.1.1.5 christos switch (opertype)
4871 1.1.1.5 christos {
4872 1.1.1.5 christos case EXT_CORE_REGISTER:
4873 1.1.1.5 christos /* Core register. */
4874 1.1.1.5 christos if (ereg.number > 60)
4875 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad (_("core register %s value (%d) too large"), ereg.name,
4876 1.1.1.5 christos ereg.number);
4877 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register (ereg.name, ereg.number);
4878 1.1.1.5 christos break;
4879 1.1.1.5 christos case EXT_AUX_REGISTER:
4880 1.1.1.5 christos /* Auxiliary register. */
4881 1.1.1.5 christos auxr = XNEW (struct arc_aux_reg);
4882 1.1.1.5 christos auxr->name = ereg.name;
4883 1.1.1.6 christos auxr->cpu = selected_cpu.flags;
4884 1.1.1.5 christos auxr->subclass = NONE;
4885 1.1.1.5 christos auxr->address = ereg.number;
4886 1.1.1.8 christos if (str_hash_insert (arc_aux_hash, auxr->name, auxr, 0) != NULL)
4887 1.1.1.8 christos as_bad (_("duplicate aux register %s"), auxr->name);
4888 1.1.1.5 christos break;
4889 1.1.1.5 christos case EXT_COND_CODE:
4890 1.1.1.5 christos /* Condition code. */
4891 1.1.1.5 christos if (ereg.number > 31)
4892 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad (_("condition code %s value (%d) too large"), ereg.name,
4893 1.1.1.5 christos ereg.number);
4894 1.1.1.5 christos ext_condcode.size ++;
4895 1.1.1.5 christos ext_condcode.arc_ext_condcode =
4896 1.1.1.5 christos XRESIZEVEC (struct arc_flag_operand, ext_condcode.arc_ext_condcode,
4897 1.1.1.5 christos ext_condcode.size + 1);
4898 1.1.1.5 christos
4899 1.1.1.5 christos ccode = ext_condcode.arc_ext_condcode + ext_condcode.size - 1;
4900 1.1.1.5 christos ccode->name = ereg.name;
4901 1.1.1.5 christos ccode->code = ereg.number;
4902 1.1.1.5 christos ccode->bits = 5;
4903 1.1.1.5 christos ccode->shift = 0;
4904 1.1.1.5 christos ccode->favail = 0; /* not used. */
4905 1.1.1.5 christos ccode++;
4906 1.1.1.5 christos memset (ccode, 0, sizeof (struct arc_flag_operand));
4907 1.1.1.5 christos break;
4908 1.1.1.5 christos default:
4909 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad (_("Unknown extension"));
4910 1.1.1.5 christos break;
4911 1.1.1.5 christos }
4912 1.1.1.5 christos create_extcore_section (&ereg, opertype);
4913 1.1.1.5 christos }
4914 1.1.1.5 christos
4915 1.1.1.6 christos /* Parse a .arc_attribute directive. */
4916 1.1.1.6 christos
4917 1.1.1.6 christos static void
4918 1.1.1.6 christos arc_attribute (int ignored ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4919 1.1.1.6 christos {
4920 1.1.1.11 christos obj_attr_tag_t tag = obj_attr_process_attribute (OBJ_ATTR_PROC);
4921 1.1.1.6 christos
4922 1.1.1.6 christos if (tag < NUM_KNOWN_OBJ_ATTRIBUTES)
4923 1.1.1.8 christos attributes_set_explicitly[tag] = true;
4924 1.1.1.6 christos }
4925 1.1.1.6 christos
4926 1.1.1.6 christos /* Set an attribute if it has not already been set by the user. */
4927 1.1.1.6 christos
4928 1.1.1.6 christos static void
4929 1.1.1.11 christos arc_set_attribute_int (obj_attr_tag_t tag, int value)
4930 1.1.1.6 christos {
4931 1.1.1.6 christos if (tag < 1
4932 1.1.1.6 christos || tag >= NUM_KNOWN_OBJ_ATTRIBUTES
4933 1.1.1.6 christos || !attributes_set_explicitly[tag])
4934 1.1.1.9 christos if (!bfd_elf_add_proc_attr_int (stdoutput, tag, value))
4935 1.1.1.9 christos as_fatal (_("error adding attribute: %s"),
4936 1.1.1.9 christos bfd_errmsg (bfd_get_error ()));
4937 1.1.1.6 christos }
4938 1.1.1.6 christos
4939 1.1.1.6 christos static void
4940 1.1.1.11 christos arc_set_attribute_string (obj_attr_tag_t tag, const char *value)
4941 1.1.1.6 christos {
4942 1.1.1.6 christos if (tag < 1
4943 1.1.1.6 christos || tag >= NUM_KNOWN_OBJ_ATTRIBUTES
4944 1.1.1.6 christos || !attributes_set_explicitly[tag])
4945 1.1.1.9 christos if (!bfd_elf_add_proc_attr_string (stdoutput, tag, value))
4946 1.1.1.9 christos as_fatal (_("error adding attribute: %s"),
4947 1.1.1.9 christos bfd_errmsg (bfd_get_error ()));
4948 1.1.1.6 christos }
4949 1.1.1.6 christos
4950 1.1.1.6 christos /* Allocate and concatenate two strings. s1 can be NULL but not
4951 1.1.1.6 christos s2. s1 pointer is freed at end of this procedure. */
4952 1.1.1.6 christos
4953 1.1.1.6 christos static char *
4954 1.1.1.6 christos arc_stralloc (char * s1, const char * s2)
4955 1.1.1.6 christos {
4956 1.1.1.6 christos char * p;
4957 1.1.1.6 christos int len = 0;
4958 1.1.1.6 christos
4959 1.1.1.6 christos if (s1)
4960 1.1.1.6 christos len = strlen (s1) + 1;
4961 1.1.1.6 christos
4962 1.1.1.6 christos /* Only s1 can be null. */
4963 1.1.1.6 christos gas_assert (s2);
4964 1.1.1.6 christos len += strlen (s2) + 1;
4965 1.1.1.6 christos
4966 1.1.1.10 christos p = xmalloc (len);
4967 1.1.1.6 christos
4968 1.1.1.6 christos if (s1)
4969 1.1.1.6 christos {
4970 1.1.1.6 christos strcpy (p, s1);
4971 1.1.1.6 christos strcat (p, ",");
4972 1.1.1.6 christos strcat (p, s2);
4973 1.1.1.6 christos free (s1);
4974 1.1.1.6 christos }
4975 1.1.1.6 christos else
4976 1.1.1.6 christos strcpy (p, s2);
4977 1.1.1.6 christos
4978 1.1.1.6 christos return p;
4979 1.1.1.6 christos }
4980 1.1.1.6 christos
4981 1.1.1.6 christos /* Set the public ARC object attributes. */
4982 1.1.1.6 christos
4983 1.1.1.6 christos static void
4984 1.1.1.6 christos arc_set_public_attributes (void)
4985 1.1.1.6 christos {
4986 1.1.1.6 christos int base = 0;
4987 1.1.1.6 christos char *s = NULL;
4988 1.1.1.6 christos unsigned int i;
4989 1.1.1.6 christos
4990 1.1.1.6 christos /* Tag_ARC_CPU_name. */
4991 1.1.1.6 christos arc_set_attribute_string (Tag_ARC_CPU_name, selected_cpu.name);
4992 1.1.1.6 christos
4993 1.1.1.6 christos /* Tag_ARC_CPU_base. */
4994 1.1.1.6 christos switch (selected_cpu.eflags & EF_ARC_MACH_MSK)
4995 1.1.1.6 christos {
4996 1.1.1.6 christos case E_ARC_MACH_ARC600:
4997 1.1.1.6 christos case E_ARC_MACH_ARC601:
4998 1.1.1.6 christos base = TAG_CPU_ARC6xx;
4999 1.1.1.6 christos break;
5000 1.1.1.6 christos case E_ARC_MACH_ARC700:
5001 1.1.1.6 christos base = TAG_CPU_ARC7xx;
5002 1.1.1.6 christos break;
5003 1.1.1.6 christos case EF_ARC_CPU_ARCV2EM:
5004 1.1.1.6 christos base = TAG_CPU_ARCEM;
5005 1.1.1.6 christos break;
5006 1.1.1.6 christos case EF_ARC_CPU_ARCV2HS:
5007 1.1.1.6 christos base = TAG_CPU_ARCHS;
5008 1.1.1.6 christos break;
5009 1.1.1.6 christos default:
5010 1.1.1.6 christos base = 0;
5011 1.1.1.6 christos break;
5012 1.1.1.6 christos }
5013 1.1.1.6 christos if (attributes_set_explicitly[Tag_ARC_CPU_base]
5014 1.1.1.6 christos && (base != bfd_elf_get_obj_attr_int (stdoutput, OBJ_ATTR_PROC,
5015 1.1.1.6 christos Tag_ARC_CPU_base)))
5016 1.1.1.6 christos as_warn (_("Overwrite explicitly set Tag_ARC_CPU_base"));
5017 1.1.1.9 christos if (!bfd_elf_add_proc_attr_int (stdoutput, Tag_ARC_CPU_base, base))
5018 1.1.1.9 christos as_fatal (_("error adding attribute: %s"),
5019 1.1.1.9 christos bfd_errmsg (bfd_get_error ()));
5020 1.1.1.6 christos
5021 1.1.1.6 christos /* Tag_ARC_ABI_osver. */
5022 1.1.1.6 christos if (attributes_set_explicitly[Tag_ARC_ABI_osver])
5023 1.1.1.6 christos {
5024 1.1.1.6 christos int val = bfd_elf_get_obj_attr_int (stdoutput, OBJ_ATTR_PROC,
5025 1.1.1.6 christos Tag_ARC_ABI_osver);
5026 1.1.1.6 christos
5027 1.1.1.6 christos selected_cpu.eflags = ((selected_cpu.eflags & ~EF_ARC_OSABI_MSK)
5028 1.1.1.6 christos | (val & 0x0f << 8));
5029 1.1.1.6 christos }
5030 1.1.1.6 christos else
5031 1.1.1.6 christos {
5032 1.1.1.6 christos arc_set_attribute_int (Tag_ARC_ABI_osver, E_ARC_OSABI_CURRENT >> 8);
5033 1.1.1.6 christos }
5034 1.1.1.6 christos
5035 1.1.1.6 christos /* Tag_ARC_ISA_config. */
5036 1.1.1.6 christos arc_check_feature();
5037 1.1.1.6 christos
5038 1.1.1.6 christos for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (feature_list); i++)
5039 1.1.1.6 christos if (selected_cpu.features & feature_list[i].feature)
5040 1.1.1.6 christos s = arc_stralloc (s, feature_list[i].attr);
5041 1.1.1.6 christos
5042 1.1.1.6 christos if (s)
5043 1.1.1.6 christos arc_set_attribute_string (Tag_ARC_ISA_config, s);
5044 1.1.1.6 christos
5045 1.1.1.6 christos /* Tag_ARC_ISA_mpy_option. */
5046 1.1.1.6 christos arc_set_attribute_int (Tag_ARC_ISA_mpy_option, mpy_option);
5047 1.1.1.6 christos
5048 1.1.1.6 christos /* Tag_ARC_ABI_pic. */
5049 1.1.1.6 christos arc_set_attribute_int (Tag_ARC_ABI_pic, pic_option);
5050 1.1.1.6 christos
5051 1.1.1.6 christos /* Tag_ARC_ABI_sda. */
5052 1.1.1.6 christos arc_set_attribute_int (Tag_ARC_ABI_sda, sda_option);
5053 1.1.1.6 christos
5054 1.1.1.6 christos /* Tag_ARC_ABI_tls. */
5055 1.1.1.6 christos arc_set_attribute_int (Tag_ARC_ABI_tls, tls_option);
5056 1.1.1.7 christos
5057 1.1.1.7 christos /* Tag_ARC_ATR_version. */
5058 1.1.1.7 christos arc_set_attribute_int (Tag_ARC_ATR_version, 1);
5059 1.1.1.7 christos
5060 1.1.1.7 christos /* Tag_ARC_ABI_rf16. */
5061 1.1.1.7 christos if (attributes_set_explicitly[Tag_ARC_ABI_rf16]
5062 1.1.1.7 christos && bfd_elf_get_obj_attr_int (stdoutput, OBJ_ATTR_PROC,
5063 1.1.1.7 christos Tag_ARC_ABI_rf16)
5064 1.1.1.7 christos && !rf16_only)
5065 1.1.1.7 christos {
5066 1.1.1.7 christos as_warn (_("Overwrite explicitly set Tag_ARC_ABI_rf16 to full "
5067 1.1.1.7 christos "register file"));
5068 1.1.1.9 christos if (!bfd_elf_add_proc_attr_int (stdoutput, Tag_ARC_ABI_rf16, 0))
5069 1.1.1.9 christos as_fatal (_("error adding attribute: %s"),
5070 1.1.1.9 christos bfd_errmsg (bfd_get_error ()));
5071 1.1.1.7 christos }
5072 1.1.1.6 christos }
5073 1.1.1.6 christos
5074 1.1.1.6 christos /* Add the default contents for the .ARC.attributes section. */
5075 1.1.1.6 christos
5076 1.1.1.6 christos void
5077 1.1.1.9 christos arc_md_finish (void)
5078 1.1.1.6 christos {
5079 1.1.1.6 christos arc_set_public_attributes ();
5080 1.1.1.6 christos
5081 1.1.1.6 christos if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_arc, selected_cpu.mach))
5082 1.1.1.6 christos as_fatal (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
5083 1.1.1.6 christos
5084 1.1.1.6 christos bfd_set_private_flags (stdoutput, selected_cpu.eflags);
5085 1.1.1.6 christos }
5086 1.1.1.6 christos
5087 1.1.1.6 christos void arc_copy_symbol_attributes (symbolS *dest, symbolS *src)
5088 1.1.1.6 christos {
5089 1.1.1.6 christos ARC_GET_FLAG (dest) = ARC_GET_FLAG (src);
5090 1.1.1.6 christos }
5091 1.1.1.6 christos
5092 1.1.1.6 christos int arc_convert_symbolic_attribute (const char *name)
5093 1.1.1.6 christos {
5094 1.1.1.6 christos static const struct
5095 1.1.1.6 christos {
5096 1.1.1.6 christos const char * name;
5097 1.1.1.6 christos const int tag;
5098 1.1.1.6 christos }
5099 1.1.1.6 christos attribute_table[] =
5100 1.1.1.6 christos {
5101 1.1.1.6 christos #define T(tag) {#tag, tag}
5102 1.1.1.6 christos T (Tag_ARC_PCS_config),
5103 1.1.1.6 christos T (Tag_ARC_CPU_base),
5104 1.1.1.6 christos T (Tag_ARC_CPU_variation),
5105 1.1.1.6 christos T (Tag_ARC_CPU_name),
5106 1.1.1.6 christos T (Tag_ARC_ABI_rf16),
5107 1.1.1.6 christos T (Tag_ARC_ABI_osver),
5108 1.1.1.6 christos T (Tag_ARC_ABI_sda),
5109 1.1.1.6 christos T (Tag_ARC_ABI_pic),
5110 1.1.1.6 christos T (Tag_ARC_ABI_tls),
5111 1.1.1.6 christos T (Tag_ARC_ABI_enumsize),
5112 1.1.1.6 christos T (Tag_ARC_ABI_exceptions),
5113 1.1.1.6 christos T (Tag_ARC_ABI_double_size),
5114 1.1.1.6 christos T (Tag_ARC_ISA_config),
5115 1.1.1.6 christos T (Tag_ARC_ISA_apex),
5116 1.1.1.7 christos T (Tag_ARC_ISA_mpy_option),
5117 1.1.1.7 christos T (Tag_ARC_ATR_version)
5118 1.1.1.6 christos #undef T
5119 1.1.1.6 christos };
5120 1.1.1.6 christos unsigned int i;
5121 1.1.1.6 christos
5122 1.1.1.6 christos if (name == NULL)
5123 1.1.1.6 christos return -1;
5124 1.1.1.6 christos
5125 1.1.1.6 christos for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (attribute_table); i++)
5126 1.1.1.6 christos if (streq (name, attribute_table[i].name))
5127 1.1.1.6 christos return attribute_table[i].tag;
5128 1.1.1.6 christos
5129 1.1.1.6 christos return -1;
5130 1.1.1.6 christos }
5131 1.1.1.6 christos
5132 1.1.1.5 christos /* Local variables:
5133 1.1.1.5 christos eval: (c-set-style "gnu")
5134 1.1.1.5 christos indent-tabs-mode: t
5135 1.1.1.5 christos End: */
5136